Chemtec Publishing offers a large collection of books on polymers, plastics, and rubber.
- Grid List
Filter
Description Author: Martin J. Forrest ISBN 978-1-84735-079-4 Rapra Review ReportVol. 16, No. 6, Report 186, Soft-backed, 121 pages. Summary For many years, Smithers Rapra has carried out research projects for the UK Food Standards Agency (FSA). This review report has, as its origin, an FSA project on coatings and inks that was carried out at Smithers Rapra...
$153.00
in stock
{"id":11242230404,"title":"Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials","handle":"978-1-84735-079-4","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Martin J. Forrest \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-079-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Review Report\u003cbr\u003eVol. 16, No. 6, Report 186, Soft-backed, 121 pages.\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nFor many years, Smithers Rapra has carried out research projects for the UK Food Standards Agency (FSA). This review report has, as its origin, an FSA project on coatings and inks that was carried out at Smithers Rapra from 2005 until 2007. The objective of this project was to assess the potential for the migration of substances from coatings and inks that were used in food packaging applications. As a significant amount of work had already been carried out on coatings that were in direct contact with food (e.g., can coatings), a boundary was set that only coatings and inks in non-direct food contact situations would be considered. As the scope of this review report is greater than the Smithers Rapra project and, due to the limitations of this particular format, it has only been possible to include some of the information that was acquired during the course of the FSA project. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report has attempted to cover all of the coatings and inks products used in food contact scenarios. Hence, direct and non-direct contact situations are included throughout the food chain, e.g., harvesting, processing, transportation, packaging and cooking. In practice, this encompasses an extremely wide range of polymer systems and formulations, and an emphasis has been placed on coatings and inks used in food packaging, as this is usually regarded as representing the most important application category with respect to the potential for migration to occur. With respect to food packaging, all three of the major material classes are covered, i.e., metal, paper and board, and plastic. In addition to a thorough introduction of the polymers and additives that are used to produce coatings and inks, there are also chapters covering the regulation of these materials, the migration and analytical tests that are performed on them to assess their suitability for food contact applications, the migration data that have been published, and the areas in the field that are receiving the most attention for research and development. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report is one of a series of three. A report summarising the current situation of the use of rubber products for food contact applications was published in 2006 and a report reviewing the use of silicone-based materials (including rubbers, resins and liquids) with food will be published by Smithers Rapra shortly. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report will be of interest to anyone who works with the packaging of food and beverages and also to those who are studying food packaging\/processing. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts compiled from the Polymer Library, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1. Introduction\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Coating and Ink Products for Food Contact Materials\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Polymers for Coatings and Inks \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Acrylic \u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Alkyd resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Amino Resins (e.g., urea-formaldehyde resins) \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Epoxy Resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.5 Cellulosics \u003cbr\u003e2.1.6 Polyesters – Saturated and Unsaturated \u003cbr\u003e2.1.7 Polyurethanes \u003cbr\u003e2.1.8 Rosin \u003cbr\u003e2.1.9 Silicone Resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.10 Vinyl Polymers \u003cbr\u003e2.1.11 Other Polymers (e.g., hydrocarbons) \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Constituents of Coatings \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Crosslinking Agents \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Other Additives \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Solvents \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Constituents of Inks \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Solvents \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Plasticisers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Driers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Photoinitiators \u003cbr\u003e2.3.5 Colorants \u003cbr\u003e2.3.6 Other Additives \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Coatings and Inks used in the Food Chain\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Food Packaging \u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Packaging Types \u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Coatings Used in Metal Packaging (Tables 5 to 9) \u003cbr\u003e3.1.3 Coatings and Adhesives for Flexible Packaging (Tables 10 and 11) \u003cbr\u003e3.1.4 Inks for Metal Packaging (Table 12) \u003cbr\u003e3.1.5 Inks for Paper and Board Packaging (Table 13) \u003cbr\u003e3.1.6 Inks for Flexible Packaging (Table 14) \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Harvesting and Processing of Food \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Storage and Transportation \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Presentation, Dispensing and Cooking \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Application Techniques for Inks\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Lithography \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Flexography \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Gravure \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Inkjet \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Influence of Substrate Type \u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Inks for Metal Packaging \u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Inks for Paper and Board \u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Inks for Flexible Plastic Packaging \u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Set Off \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. Regulations Covering the Use of Inks and Coatings with Food\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Regulation in the European Union \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Council of Europe (CoE) Regulations \u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Coatings \u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Inks \u003cbr\u003e5.3 National Regulations within the EU \u003cbr\u003e5.4 FDA Regulations \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Other Considerations for Industrial Use \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e6. Assessing the Safety of Inks and Coatings for Food Applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e6.1 Global Migration Tests \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Specific Migration Tests \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Fingerprinting of Potential Migrants from Coatings and Inks \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Determination of Specific Target Species in Coatings and Ink Products and in Food Simulants and Foods \u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Monomers, Solvents and Low Molecular Weight Additives and Breakdown Products \u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Oligomers \u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Plasticisers and Oil-type Additives \u003cbr\u003e6.4.4 Polar Additives and Metal Containing Compounds \u003cbr\u003e6.4.5 Cure System Species, Initiators, Catalysts and Their Reaction Products \u003cbr\u003e6.4.6 Antidegradants, Stabilisers and Their Reaction Products \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Sensory Testing \u003cbr\u003e6.6 Toxicological assessment of migrants \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e7. Potential Migrants and Published Migration Data\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Acrylates \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Amines \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Aromatics from Unsaturated Polyesters \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Aromatics from Photoinitiation Reactions and Photoinitiator Additives \u003cbr\u003e7.5 BPA and BADGE and Derivatives \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Epichlorohydrin \u003cbr\u003e7.7 Bisphenol A \u003cbr\u003e7.8 Solvents \u003cbr\u003e7.9 Plasticisers \u003cbr\u003e7.10 Extractables from UV-Cured Coating for Cardboard \u003cbr\u003e7.11 Potential Migrants \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e8. Improving the Safety of Inks and Coatings for Food Use\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e8.1 New Food Approved Pigments \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Water-Based Systems \u003cbr\u003e8.3 UV\/EB Curable Systems \u003cbr\u003e8.4 New Initiators for UV Curable Inks \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e9. Future Trends\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Improvements in Recycling Systems \u003cbr\u003e9.2 Biodegradability \u003cbr\u003e9.3 Use of Coatings to Improve Barrier Properties of Food Packaging \u003cbr\u003e9.4 Antimicrobial Systems \u003cbr\u003e9.5 Laser Marking to replace Conventional Inks \u003cbr\u003e9.6 Intelligent and Active Packaging \u003cbr\u003e9.7 Applications of Nanotechnology \u003cbr\u003e9.8 Developments in Analytical Techniques \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e10. Conclusion\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSources of Further Information and Advice \u003cbr\u003eReference Books \u003cbr\u003eReports \u003cbr\u003eProfessional, Research, Trade and Governmental Organisations \u003cbr\u003eCommercial Abstract Databases \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:14-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:14-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2007","book","coatings","food","p-applications","packaging"],"price":15300,"price_min":15300,"price_max":15300,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378400516,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":15300,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-079-4","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-079-4.jpg?v=1499724016"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-079-4.jpg?v=1499724016","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":353960362077,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-079-4.jpg?v=1499724016"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-079-4.jpg?v=1499724016","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Martin J. Forrest \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-079-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Review Report\u003cbr\u003eVol. 16, No. 6, Report 186, Soft-backed, 121 pages.\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nFor many years, Smithers Rapra has carried out research projects for the UK Food Standards Agency (FSA). This review report has, as its origin, an FSA project on coatings and inks that was carried out at Smithers Rapra from 2005 until 2007. The objective of this project was to assess the potential for the migration of substances from coatings and inks that were used in food packaging applications. As a significant amount of work had already been carried out on coatings that were in direct contact with food (e.g., can coatings), a boundary was set that only coatings and inks in non-direct food contact situations would be considered. As the scope of this review report is greater than the Smithers Rapra project and, due to the limitations of this particular format, it has only been possible to include some of the information that was acquired during the course of the FSA project. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report has attempted to cover all of the coatings and inks products used in food contact scenarios. Hence, direct and non-direct contact situations are included throughout the food chain, e.g., harvesting, processing, transportation, packaging and cooking. In practice, this encompasses an extremely wide range of polymer systems and formulations, and an emphasis has been placed on coatings and inks used in food packaging, as this is usually regarded as representing the most important application category with respect to the potential for migration to occur. With respect to food packaging, all three of the major material classes are covered, i.e., metal, paper and board, and plastic. In addition to a thorough introduction of the polymers and additives that are used to produce coatings and inks, there are also chapters covering the regulation of these materials, the migration and analytical tests that are performed on them to assess their suitability for food contact applications, the migration data that have been published, and the areas in the field that are receiving the most attention for research and development. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report is one of a series of three. A report summarising the current situation of the use of rubber products for food contact applications was published in 2006 and a report reviewing the use of silicone-based materials (including rubbers, resins and liquids) with food will be published by Smithers Rapra shortly. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report will be of interest to anyone who works with the packaging of food and beverages and also to those who are studying food packaging\/processing. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts compiled from the Polymer Library, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1. Introduction\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Coating and Ink Products for Food Contact Materials\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Polymers for Coatings and Inks \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Acrylic \u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Alkyd resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Amino Resins (e.g., urea-formaldehyde resins) \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Epoxy Resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.5 Cellulosics \u003cbr\u003e2.1.6 Polyesters – Saturated and Unsaturated \u003cbr\u003e2.1.7 Polyurethanes \u003cbr\u003e2.1.8 Rosin \u003cbr\u003e2.1.9 Silicone Resins \u003cbr\u003e2.1.10 Vinyl Polymers \u003cbr\u003e2.1.11 Other Polymers (e.g., hydrocarbons) \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Constituents of Coatings \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Crosslinking Agents \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Other Additives \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Solvents \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Constituents of Inks \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Solvents \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Plasticisers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Driers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Photoinitiators \u003cbr\u003e2.3.5 Colorants \u003cbr\u003e2.3.6 Other Additives \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Coatings and Inks used in the Food Chain\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Food Packaging \u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Packaging Types \u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Coatings Used in Metal Packaging (Tables 5 to 9) \u003cbr\u003e3.1.3 Coatings and Adhesives for Flexible Packaging (Tables 10 and 11) \u003cbr\u003e3.1.4 Inks for Metal Packaging (Table 12) \u003cbr\u003e3.1.5 Inks for Paper and Board Packaging (Table 13) \u003cbr\u003e3.1.6 Inks for Flexible Packaging (Table 14) \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Harvesting and Processing of Food \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Storage and Transportation \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Presentation, Dispensing and Cooking \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Application Techniques for Inks\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Lithography \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Flexography \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Gravure \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Inkjet \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Influence of Substrate Type \u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Inks for Metal Packaging \u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Inks for Paper and Board \u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Inks for Flexible Plastic Packaging \u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Set Off \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. Regulations Covering the Use of Inks and Coatings with Food\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Regulation in the European Union \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Council of Europe (CoE) Regulations \u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Coatings \u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Inks \u003cbr\u003e5.3 National Regulations within the EU \u003cbr\u003e5.4 FDA Regulations \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Other Considerations for Industrial Use \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e6. Assessing the Safety of Inks and Coatings for Food Applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e6.1 Global Migration Tests \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Specific Migration Tests \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Fingerprinting of Potential Migrants from Coatings and Inks \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Determination of Specific Target Species in Coatings and Ink Products and in Food Simulants and Foods \u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Monomers, Solvents and Low Molecular Weight Additives and Breakdown Products \u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Oligomers \u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Plasticisers and Oil-type Additives \u003cbr\u003e6.4.4 Polar Additives and Metal Containing Compounds \u003cbr\u003e6.4.5 Cure System Species, Initiators, Catalysts and Their Reaction Products \u003cbr\u003e6.4.6 Antidegradants, Stabilisers and Their Reaction Products \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Sensory Testing \u003cbr\u003e6.6 Toxicological assessment of migrants \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e7. Potential Migrants and Published Migration Data\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Acrylates \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Amines \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Aromatics from Unsaturated Polyesters \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Aromatics from Photoinitiation Reactions and Photoinitiator Additives \u003cbr\u003e7.5 BPA and BADGE and Derivatives \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Epichlorohydrin \u003cbr\u003e7.7 Bisphenol A \u003cbr\u003e7.8 Solvents \u003cbr\u003e7.9 Plasticisers \u003cbr\u003e7.10 Extractables from UV-Cured Coating for Cardboard \u003cbr\u003e7.11 Potential Migrants \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e8. Improving the Safety of Inks and Coatings for Food Use\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e8.1 New Food Approved Pigments \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Water-Based Systems \u003cbr\u003e8.3 UV\/EB Curable Systems \u003cbr\u003e8.4 New Initiators for UV Curable Inks \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e9. Future Trends\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Improvements in Recycling Systems \u003cbr\u003e9.2 Biodegradability \u003cbr\u003e9.3 Use of Coatings to Improve Barrier Properties of Food Packaging \u003cbr\u003e9.4 Antimicrobial Systems \u003cbr\u003e9.5 Laser Marking to replace Conventional Inks \u003cbr\u003e9.6 Intelligent and Active Packaging \u003cbr\u003e9.7 Applications of Nanotechnology \u003cbr\u003e9.8 Developments in Analytical Techniques \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e10. Conclusion\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSources of Further Information and Advice \u003cbr\u003eReference Books \u003cbr\u003eReports \u003cbr\u003eProfessional, Research, Trade and Governmental Organisations \u003cbr\u003eCommercial Abstract Databases \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Wernfried Heilein, Director of Technical Marketing, Evonik Tego Chemical GmbH, Essen, Germany ISBN 978-3-86630-850-3 Hardbound, 240 Pages Summary This book offers an overview of the most important aspects and applications of additives for waterborne systems in diverse market segments. Wernfried Heilein helps to understand how additives work and elucidates all kinds of mechanisms in...
$235.00
in stock
{"id":11242230340,"title":"Additives for waterborne Coatings","handle":"978-3-86630-850-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Wernfried Heilein, Director of Technical Marketing, Evonik Tego Chemical GmbH, Essen, Germany \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-3-86630-850-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHardbound, 240 Pages\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis book offers an overview of the most important aspects and applications of additives for waterborne systems in diverse market segments. Wernfried Heilein helps to understand how additives work and elucidates all kinds of mechanisms in great detail. Furthermore, he dispels a lot of myths surrounding paint additives with an excellent combination of theory and practice. This enables a deep insight into all the different application areas for additives in waterborne paint systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAudience: \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFormulators involved in developing, producing, and testing of waterborne coatings and paints for different applications and substrates including can and coil coatings, heavy-duty protective coatings, plastics coatings, wood coatings and architectural coatings.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Wetting- and dispersing additives\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Modes of action\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Pigment wetting\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Grinding\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Stabilisation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.1 Electrostatic stabilisation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.2 Steric stabilisation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.3 Electrosteric stabilisation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Influences on formulation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.1 Viscosity\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.2 Colour strength\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.3 Compatibility\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.4 Stability\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Chemical structures\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Polyacrylate salts\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Fatty acid and fatty alcohol derivatives\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Acrylic-copolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Maleic anhydride copolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Alkyl phenol ethoxylates\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Alkyl phenol ethoxylate replacements\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Wetting and dispersing additives in different market segments\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Architectural coatings\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1.1 Direct-grind\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1.2 Pigment concentrates\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Wood and furniture coatings\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2.1 Direct grind\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2.2 Pigment concentrates\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Industrial coatings\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3.1 Direct grind\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3.2 Pigment concentrates\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Printing inks\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4.1 Direct grind\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4.2 Pigment concentrates\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Tips and Tricks\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Test methods\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Particle size\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Colour strength\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3 Rub-out\u003cbr\u003e2.5.4 Viscosity\u003cbr\u003e2.5.5 Zeta potential\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Summary\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Defoaming of coating systems\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Defoaming mechanisms\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Foam\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1.1 Causes of foam\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1.2 Types of foam\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Composition of defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Defoaming mechanisms\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.1 Defoaming by drainage\/slow defoaming\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.2 Entry barrier\/entry coefficient\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.3 Bridging mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.4 Spreading mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.5 Bridging stretching mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.6 Bridging dewetting mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.7 Spreading fluid mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.8 Spreading wave mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.9 Effect of fillers on the performance of defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Chemistry and formulation of defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Active ingredients in defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.1 Silicone oils (polysiloxanes)\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.2 Mineral oils\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.3 Vegetable oils\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.4 Polar oils\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.5 Molecular defoamers (gemini surfactants)\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.6 Hydrophobic particles\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.7 Emulsifiers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.8 Solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Defoamer formulations\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Suppliers of defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Product recommendations for different binders\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Acrylic emulsions\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Styrene acrylic emulsions\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Vinyl acetate based emulsions\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Polyurethane dispersions\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Product choice according to field of application\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Influence of the pigment volume concentration (PVC)\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Method of incorporating the defoamer\u003cbr\u003e3.5.3 Application of shear forces during application\u003cbr\u003e3.5.4 Surfactant content of the formulation\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Tips and tricks\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Summary\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Rheology modifiers\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 General assessment of rheology modifiers\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Market overview\u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Basic characteristics of the different rheological additives\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Requirements for rheology modifiers\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Rheology\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Example of application\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Ethoxylated and hydrophobically modified urethanes\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Synthesis of HEUR\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Associative properties of HEUR additives\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 From self-association to associative behaviour\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Hydrophobic\/hydrophilic equilibrium of waterborne coatings\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5 Improved colour acceptance with HEUR\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Alkali swellable emulsions: ASE and HASE\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Synthesis\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1.1 ASE\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1.2 HASE\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1.3 Interaction between binders\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Thixotropy and HASE\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Outlook\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Substrate wetting additives\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Mechanism of action\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Water as a solvent\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Reason of the surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.1.4 Effect of the high surface tension of water\u003cbr\u003e5.1.5 Substrate wetting additives are surfactants\u003cbr\u003e5.1.6 Mode of action of substrate wetting additives\u003cbr\u003e5.1.7 Further general properties of substrate wetting additives\/side effects\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Chemical structure of substrate wetting additives\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Basic properties of substrate wetting additives\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Chemical structure of substrate wetting additives important in coatings\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.1 Polyethersiloxanes\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.2 Gemini surfactants\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.3 Fluoro surfactants\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.4 Acetylenediols and modifications\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.5 Sulfosuccinate\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.6 Alkoxylated fatty alcohols\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.7 Alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO)\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Application of substrate wetting additives\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Basic properties of various chemical classes\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Reduction of static surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Possible foam stabilisation\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Effective reduction in static surface tension versus flow\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Reduction of dynamic surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6 Which property correlates with which practical application?\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6.1 Craters\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6.2 Wetting and atomisation of spray coatings\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6.3 Rewettability, reprintability, recoatability\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6.4 Flow\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6.5 Spray mist uptake\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Use of substrate wetting additives in different market sectors\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Tips and tricks\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Successful use of substrate wetting additives in coatings\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 Metallic shades\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Test methods for measuring surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Static surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2 Dynamic surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Dynamic versus static\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4 Further practical test methods\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4.1 Wedge spray application\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4.2 One spray path\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4.3 Crater test\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4.4 Drawdown\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4.5 Spray drop uptake\u003cbr\u003e5.6.5 Analytical test methods\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Improving performance with co-binders\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Preparation of co-binders\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Secondary dispersions\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1.1 Polyester dispersions\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1.2 Polyurethane dispersions\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Applications of co-binders\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Co-binders for better property profiles\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.1 Drying time\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.2 Adhesion\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.3 Hardness-flexibility balance\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.4 Gloss\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Co-binders for pigment pastes\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Summary\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Deaerators\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Mode of action of deaerators\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Dissolution of microfoam\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Rise of microfoam bubbles in the coating film\u003cbr\u003e7.1.3 How to prevent microfoam in coating films\u003cbr\u003e7.1.4 How deaerators combat microfoam\u003cbr\u003e7.1.4.1 Deaerators promote the dissolution or formation of small microfoam bubbles\u003cbr\u003e7.1.4.2 How deaerators promote the dissolution of microfoam bubbles\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Chemical composition of deaerators\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Main applications according to binder systems\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Main applications according to market segments\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Tips and tricks\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Evaluating the effectiveness of deaerators\u003cbr\u003e7.6.1 Test method for low to medium viscosity coating formulations\u003cbr\u003e7.6.2 Test method for medium to high viscosity coating formulations\u003cbr\u003e7.6.3 Further test methods for microfoam\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Conclusion\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Flow additives\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Mode of action\u003cbr\u003e8.1.1 Mode of action in waterborne systems without co-solvents\u003cbr\u003e8.1.2 Sagging\u003cbr\u003e8.1.3 Total film flow\u003cbr\u003e8.1.4 Mode of action in waterborne systems with co-solvents\u003cbr\u003e8.1.5 Mode of action in an example of a thermosetting waterborne system with cosolvents\u003cbr\u003e8.1.6 Surface tension gradients\u003cbr\u003e8.1.7 Summary\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Chemistry of active ingredients\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Polyether siloxanes\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Polyacrylates\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3 Side effects of polyether siloxanes\u003cbr\u003e8.2.4 Slip\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Film formation\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Main applications by market segment\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1 Industrial metal coating\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1.1 Electrophoretic coating\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1.2 Waterborne coatings\u003cbr\u003e8.4.2 Industrial coatings\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3 Architectural coatings\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.1 Flat and semi-gloss emulsion paints\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.2 High gloss emulsion paints\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Conclusion\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Test methods\u003cbr\u003e8.6.1 Measurement of flow\u003cbr\u003e8.6.2 Measuring flow and sagging by DMA\u003cbr\u003e8.6.3 Measuring the surface slip properties\u003cbr\u003e8.7 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Wax additives\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Raw material wax\u003cbr\u003e9.1.1 Natural waxes\u003cbr\u003e9.1.1.1 Waxes from renewable raw materials\u003cbr\u003e9.1.1.2 Waxes from fossilised sources\u003cbr\u003e9.1.2 Semi-synthetic and synthetic waxes\u003cbr\u003e9.1.2.1 Semi-synthetic waxes\u003cbr\u003e9.1.2.2 Synthetic waxes\u003cbr\u003e9.2 From wax to wax additives\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Wax and water\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1.1 Wax emulsions\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1.2 Wax dispersions\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Micronized wax additives\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Wax additives for the coating industry\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Acting mechanism\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Coating properties\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2.1 Surface protection\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2.2 Gloss reduction\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2.3 Texture and structure\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2.4 Rheology control\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Summary\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Light stabilizers for waterborne coatings\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Light and photo-oxidative degradation\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Stabilization options for polymers\u003cbr\u003e10.3.1 UV absorbers\u003cbr\u003e10.3.2 Radical scavengers\u003cbr\u003e10.3.2.1 Antioxidants\u003cbr\u003e10.3.2.2 Sterically hindered amines\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Light stabilizers for waterborne coatings\u003cbr\u003e10.4.1 Market overview\u003cbr\u003e10.4.2 Application fields and market segments\u003cbr\u003e10.4.2.1 Application specific product selection\u003cbr\u003e10.5 Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e10.6 Test methods and analytical determination\u003cbr\u003e10.6.1 UV absorbers\u003cbr\u003e10.6.2 HALS\u003cbr\u003e10.6.3 Weathering methods and evaluation criteria\u003cbr\u003e10.6.3.1 Accelerated exposure tests\u003cbr\u003e10.6.3.2 Further evaluation criteria\u003cbr\u003e10.7 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 In-can and dry film preservation\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Sustainable and effective in-can and dry film preservation\u003cbr\u003e11.2 In-can preservation\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Types of active ingredients\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Selection of active ingredients for the preservation system\u003cbr\u003e11.2.3 Plant hygiene\u003cbr\u003e11.3 Dry film preservation\u003cbr\u003e11.3.1. Conventional dry film preservatives\u003cbr\u003e11.3.2 New, „old” actives\u003cbr\u003e11.3.3 Improvements in the ecotoxicological properties\u003cbr\u003e11.4 External determining factors\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Prospect\u003cbr\u003e11.6 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Hydrophobing agents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Mode of action\u003cbr\u003e12.1.1 Capillary water-absorption\u003cbr\u003e12.1.2 Hydrophobicity\u003cbr\u003e12.1.3 How hydrophobing agents work\u003cbr\u003e12.2 Chemical structures\u003cbr\u003e12.2.1 Linear polysiloxanes and organofunctional polysiloxanes\u003cbr\u003e12.2.2 Silicone resins\/silicone resin emulsions\u003cbr\u003e12.2.3 Other hydrophobing agents\u003cbr\u003e12.2.4 Production of linear polysiloxanes\u003cbr\u003e12.2.5 Production of silicone resin emulsions\u003cbr\u003e12.2.5.1 Secondary emulsification process\u003cbr\u003e12.2.5.2 Primary emulsification process\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Waterborne architectural paints\u003cbr\u003e12.3.1 Synthetic emulsion paints\u003cbr\u003e12.3.2 Silicate emulsion paints\u003cbr\u003e12.3.3 Emulsion paints with silicate character (SIL-paints)\u003cbr\u003e12.3.4 Siloxane architectural paints with strong water-beading effect\u003cbr\u003e12.3.5 Silicone resin emulsion paints\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e12.5 Appendix\u003cbr\u003e12.5.1 Facade protection theory according to Künzel\u003cbr\u003e12.5.2 Measurement of capillary water-absorption (w-value)\u003cbr\u003e12.5.3 Water vapour diffusion (sd-value)\u003cbr\u003e12.5.4 Simulated dirt pick-up\u003cbr\u003e12.5.5 Pigment-volume concentration (PVC):\u003cbr\u003e12.6 Literature\u003cbr\u003eAuthors\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:14-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:14-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2009","additives","book","co-binders","coatings","deaerators","dispersing","formulators","hydrophobing agents","p-applications","paints","plastic","polymer","waterborne systems","wetting"],"price":23500,"price_min":23500,"price_max":23500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378399876,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Additives for waterborne Coatings","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":23500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-3-86630-850-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-86630-850-3.jpg?v=1498184602"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-86630-850-3.jpg?v=1498184602","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":350139383901,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-86630-850-3.jpg?v=1498184602"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-86630-850-3.jpg?v=1498184602","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Wernfried Heilein, Director of Technical Marketing, Evonik Tego Chemical GmbH, Essen, Germany \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-3-86630-850-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHardbound, 240 Pages\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis book offers an overview of the most important aspects and applications of additives for waterborne systems in diverse market segments. Wernfried Heilein helps to understand how additives work and elucidates all kinds of mechanisms in great detail. Furthermore, he dispels a lot of myths surrounding paint additives with an excellent combination of theory and practice. This enables a deep insight into all the different application areas for additives in waterborne paint systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAudience: \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFormulators involved in developing, producing, and testing of waterborne coatings and paints for different applications and substrates including can and coil coatings, heavy-duty protective coatings, plastics coatings, wood coatings and architectural coatings.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Wetting- and dispersing additives\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Modes of action\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Pigment wetting\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Grinding\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Stabilisation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.1 Electrostatic stabilisation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.2 Steric stabilisation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3.3 Electrosteric stabilisation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Influences on formulation\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.1 Viscosity\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.2 Colour strength\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.3 Compatibility\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4.4 Stability\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Chemical structures\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Polyacrylate salts\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Fatty acid and fatty alcohol derivatives\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Acrylic-copolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Maleic anhydride copolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Alkyl phenol ethoxylates\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Alkyl phenol ethoxylate replacements\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Wetting and dispersing additives in different market segments\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Architectural coatings\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1.1 Direct-grind\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1.2 Pigment concentrates\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Wood and furniture coatings\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2.1 Direct grind\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2.2 Pigment concentrates\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Industrial coatings\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3.1 Direct grind\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3.2 Pigment concentrates\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Printing inks\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4.1 Direct grind\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4.2 Pigment concentrates\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Tips and Tricks\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Test methods\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Particle size\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Colour strength\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3 Rub-out\u003cbr\u003e2.5.4 Viscosity\u003cbr\u003e2.5.5 Zeta potential\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Summary\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Defoaming of coating systems\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Defoaming mechanisms\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Foam\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1.1 Causes of foam\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1.2 Types of foam\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Composition of defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Defoaming mechanisms\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.1 Defoaming by drainage\/slow defoaming\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.2 Entry barrier\/entry coefficient\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.3 Bridging mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.4 Spreading mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.5 Bridging stretching mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.6 Bridging dewetting mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.7 Spreading fluid mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.8 Spreading wave mechanism\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2.9 Effect of fillers on the performance of defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Chemistry and formulation of defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Active ingredients in defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.1 Silicone oils (polysiloxanes)\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.2 Mineral oils\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.3 Vegetable oils\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.4 Polar oils\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.5 Molecular defoamers (gemini surfactants)\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.6 Hydrophobic particles\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.7 Emulsifiers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1.8 Solvents\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Defoamer formulations\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Suppliers of defoamers\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Product recommendations for different binders\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Acrylic emulsions\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Styrene acrylic emulsions\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Vinyl acetate based emulsions\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Polyurethane dispersions\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Product choice according to field of application\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Influence of the pigment volume concentration (PVC)\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Method of incorporating the defoamer\u003cbr\u003e3.5.3 Application of shear forces during application\u003cbr\u003e3.5.4 Surfactant content of the formulation\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Tips and tricks\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Summary\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Rheology modifiers\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 General assessment of rheology modifiers\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Market overview\u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Basic characteristics of the different rheological additives\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Requirements for rheology modifiers\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Rheology\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Example of application\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Ethoxylated and hydrophobically modified urethanes\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Synthesis of HEUR\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Associative properties of HEUR additives\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 From self-association to associative behaviour\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Hydrophobic\/hydrophilic equilibrium of waterborne coatings\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5 Improved colour acceptance with HEUR\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Alkali swellable emulsions: ASE and HASE\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Synthesis\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1.1 ASE\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1.2 HASE\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1.3 Interaction between binders\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Thixotropy and HASE\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Outlook\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Substrate wetting additives\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Mechanism of action\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Water as a solvent\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Reason of the surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.1.4 Effect of the high surface tension of water\u003cbr\u003e5.1.5 Substrate wetting additives are surfactants\u003cbr\u003e5.1.6 Mode of action of substrate wetting additives\u003cbr\u003e5.1.7 Further general properties of substrate wetting additives\/side effects\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Chemical structure of substrate wetting additives\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Basic properties of substrate wetting additives\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Chemical structure of substrate wetting additives important in coatings\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.1 Polyethersiloxanes\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.2 Gemini surfactants\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.3 Fluoro surfactants\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.4 Acetylenediols and modifications\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.5 Sulfosuccinate\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.6 Alkoxylated fatty alcohols\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2.7 Alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO)\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Application of substrate wetting additives\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Basic properties of various chemical classes\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Reduction of static surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Possible foam stabilisation\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Effective reduction in static surface tension versus flow\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Reduction of dynamic surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6 Which property correlates with which practical application?\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6.1 Craters\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6.2 Wetting and atomisation of spray coatings\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6.3 Rewettability, reprintability, recoatability\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6.4 Flow\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6.5 Spray mist uptake\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Use of substrate wetting additives in different market sectors\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Tips and tricks\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Successful use of substrate wetting additives in coatings\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 Metallic shades\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Test methods for measuring surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Static surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2 Dynamic surface tension\u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Dynamic versus static\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4 Further practical test methods\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4.1 Wedge spray application\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4.2 One spray path\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4.3 Crater test\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4.4 Drawdown\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4.5 Spray drop uptake\u003cbr\u003e5.6.5 Analytical test methods\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Improving performance with co-binders\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Preparation of co-binders\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Secondary dispersions\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1.1 Polyester dispersions\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1.2 Polyurethane dispersions\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Applications of co-binders\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Co-binders for better property profiles\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.1 Drying time\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.2 Adhesion\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.3 Hardness-flexibility balance\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.4 Gloss\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Co-binders for pigment pastes\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Summary\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Deaerators\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Mode of action of deaerators\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Dissolution of microfoam\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Rise of microfoam bubbles in the coating film\u003cbr\u003e7.1.3 How to prevent microfoam in coating films\u003cbr\u003e7.1.4 How deaerators combat microfoam\u003cbr\u003e7.1.4.1 Deaerators promote the dissolution or formation of small microfoam bubbles\u003cbr\u003e7.1.4.2 How deaerators promote the dissolution of microfoam bubbles\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Chemical composition of deaerators\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Main applications according to binder systems\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Main applications according to market segments\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Tips and tricks\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Evaluating the effectiveness of deaerators\u003cbr\u003e7.6.1 Test method for low to medium viscosity coating formulations\u003cbr\u003e7.6.2 Test method for medium to high viscosity coating formulations\u003cbr\u003e7.6.3 Further test methods for microfoam\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Conclusion\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Flow additives\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Mode of action\u003cbr\u003e8.1.1 Mode of action in waterborne systems without co-solvents\u003cbr\u003e8.1.2 Sagging\u003cbr\u003e8.1.3 Total film flow\u003cbr\u003e8.1.4 Mode of action in waterborne systems with co-solvents\u003cbr\u003e8.1.5 Mode of action in an example of a thermosetting waterborne system with cosolvents\u003cbr\u003e8.1.6 Surface tension gradients\u003cbr\u003e8.1.7 Summary\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Chemistry of active ingredients\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Polyether siloxanes\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Polyacrylates\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3 Side effects of polyether siloxanes\u003cbr\u003e8.2.4 Slip\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Film formation\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Main applications by market segment\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1 Industrial metal coating\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1.1 Electrophoretic coating\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1.2 Waterborne coatings\u003cbr\u003e8.4.2 Industrial coatings\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3 Architectural coatings\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.1 Flat and semi-gloss emulsion paints\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3.2 High gloss emulsion paints\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Conclusion\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Test methods\u003cbr\u003e8.6.1 Measurement of flow\u003cbr\u003e8.6.2 Measuring flow and sagging by DMA\u003cbr\u003e8.6.3 Measuring the surface slip properties\u003cbr\u003e8.7 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Wax additives\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Raw material wax\u003cbr\u003e9.1.1 Natural waxes\u003cbr\u003e9.1.1.1 Waxes from renewable raw materials\u003cbr\u003e9.1.1.2 Waxes from fossilised sources\u003cbr\u003e9.1.2 Semi-synthetic and synthetic waxes\u003cbr\u003e9.1.2.1 Semi-synthetic waxes\u003cbr\u003e9.1.2.2 Synthetic waxes\u003cbr\u003e9.2 From wax to wax additives\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Wax and water\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1.1 Wax emulsions\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1.2 Wax dispersions\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Micronized wax additives\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Wax additives for the coating industry\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Acting mechanism\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Coating properties\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2.1 Surface protection\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2.2 Gloss reduction\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2.3 Texture and structure\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2.4 Rheology control\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Summary\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Light stabilizers for waterborne coatings\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Light and photo-oxidative degradation\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Stabilization options for polymers\u003cbr\u003e10.3.1 UV absorbers\u003cbr\u003e10.3.2 Radical scavengers\u003cbr\u003e10.3.2.1 Antioxidants\u003cbr\u003e10.3.2.2 Sterically hindered amines\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Light stabilizers for waterborne coatings\u003cbr\u003e10.4.1 Market overview\u003cbr\u003e10.4.2 Application fields and market segments\u003cbr\u003e10.4.2.1 Application specific product selection\u003cbr\u003e10.5 Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e10.6 Test methods and analytical determination\u003cbr\u003e10.6.1 UV absorbers\u003cbr\u003e10.6.2 HALS\u003cbr\u003e10.6.3 Weathering methods and evaluation criteria\u003cbr\u003e10.6.3.1 Accelerated exposure tests\u003cbr\u003e10.6.3.2 Further evaluation criteria\u003cbr\u003e10.7 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 In-can and dry film preservation\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Sustainable and effective in-can and dry film preservation\u003cbr\u003e11.2 In-can preservation\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Types of active ingredients\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Selection of active ingredients for the preservation system\u003cbr\u003e11.2.3 Plant hygiene\u003cbr\u003e11.3 Dry film preservation\u003cbr\u003e11.3.1. Conventional dry film preservatives\u003cbr\u003e11.3.2 New, „old” actives\u003cbr\u003e11.3.3 Improvements in the ecotoxicological properties\u003cbr\u003e11.4 External determining factors\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Prospect\u003cbr\u003e11.6 Literature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Hydrophobing agents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Mode of action\u003cbr\u003e12.1.1 Capillary water-absorption\u003cbr\u003e12.1.2 Hydrophobicity\u003cbr\u003e12.1.3 How hydrophobing agents work\u003cbr\u003e12.2 Chemical structures\u003cbr\u003e12.2.1 Linear polysiloxanes and organofunctional polysiloxanes\u003cbr\u003e12.2.2 Silicone resins\/silicone resin emulsions\u003cbr\u003e12.2.3 Other hydrophobing agents\u003cbr\u003e12.2.4 Production of linear polysiloxanes\u003cbr\u003e12.2.5 Production of silicone resin emulsions\u003cbr\u003e12.2.5.1 Secondary emulsification process\u003cbr\u003e12.2.5.2 Primary emulsification process\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Waterborne architectural paints\u003cbr\u003e12.3.1 Synthetic emulsion paints\u003cbr\u003e12.3.2 Silicate emulsion paints\u003cbr\u003e12.3.3 Emulsion paints with silicate character (SIL-paints)\u003cbr\u003e12.3.4 Siloxane architectural paints with strong water-beading effect\u003cbr\u003e12.3.5 Silicone resin emulsion paints\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e12.5 Appendix\u003cbr\u003e12.5.1 Facade protection theory according to Künzel\u003cbr\u003e12.5.2 Measurement of capillary water-absorption (w-value)\u003cbr\u003e12.5.3 Water vapour diffusion (sd-value)\u003cbr\u003e12.5.4 Simulated dirt pick-up\u003cbr\u003e12.5.5 Pigment-volume concentration (PVC):\u003cbr\u003e12.6 Literature\u003cbr\u003eAuthors\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: W.C. Kuhlke ISBN 978-1-85957-238-2 Published: 2001Pages: 228 Summary In recent years, the plastics industry has undergone significant change due to company acquisitions and mergers. The scale of change means that it is crucial for all companies involved in the industry-manufacturers, suppliers and end-users-to have contemporary information on the major players in the marketplace. This...
$450.00
in stock
{"id":11242229892,"title":"Volume Polymers in North America and Western Europe, Industry Analysis Report","handle":"978-1-85957-238-2","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: W.C. Kuhlke \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-238-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2001\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 228\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nIn recent years, the plastics industry has undergone significant change due to company acquisitions and mergers. The scale of change means that it is crucial for all companies involved in the industry-manufacturers, suppliers and end-users-to have contemporary information on the major players in the marketplace. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Rapra Industry Analysis Report compares the North American volume polymers market with its Western European counterpart, and contains market data on the volume thermoplastics: polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride. Discussion of polyethylene is further divided into LDPE, LLDPE and HDPE, and that of polystyrene into conventional polystyrene (CPS) and expandable polystyrene (EPS). The report focuses on the producing countries for both regions, with the following nations covered in detail: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCanada \u003cbr\u003eMexico \u003cbr\u003eUnited States of America \u003cbr\u003eAustria \u003cbr\u003eBelgium \u003cbr\u003eFinland \u003cbr\u003eFrance \u003cbr\u003eGermany \u003cbr\u003eGreece \u003cbr\u003eIreland \u003cbr\u003eItaly \u003cbr\u003eNetherlands \u003cbr\u003eNorway \u003cbr\u003ePortugal \u003cbr\u003eSpain \u003cbr\u003eSweden \u003cbr\u003eSwitzerland \u003cbr\u003eUnited Kingdom \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor each country, an analysis of the base chemical capability is followed by a review of the volume polymer industry. An overview of volume polymer production capacity and consumption is provided by material, with the key end-use markets examined. The report includes discussion of the activities of the leading polymer-producing companies including merger and acquisition activity. A table is provided for each country summarising supply and demand for the period 1992-1998 with forecasts to 2003. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAppendix tables describe all the volume polymer plants in these two regions. The annual capacity of these plants is displayed over the period 1996-2000 with forecasts to 2005. Data included in these tables include the year the plant came on line, the type of resin produced, the technology used (or licenced) by the producer as well as capacity in the planning stage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2 Executive Summary\u003cbr\u003e3 Volume Polymers\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e3.4 PVC\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Market Overview\u003cbr\u003e4.1 A Comparison of the North American Plastics Market with the Western European Market\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Population and GDP per Capita\u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Labour Costs\u003cbr\u003e4.1.3 Delivery of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.1.4 Feedstocks\u003cbr\u003e4.1.5 The Internet\u003cbr\u003e4.1.5.1 Plastics Trading Sites\u003cbr\u003e4.1.5.1 Plastics Industry Information Sites\u003cbr\u003e4.1.6 Polymer Supply\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 North America\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Canada\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e5.1.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e5.1.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e5.1.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e5.1.7 VCM\u003cbr\u003e5.1.8 PVC\u003cbr\u003e5.1.9 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e5.1.10 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e5.1.11 PET\u003cbr\u003e5.1.12 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e5.1.12.1 AT Plastics\u003cbr\u003e5.1.12.2 Nova Corp\u003cbr\u003e5.1.12 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e5.1.14 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Mexico\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 VCM\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 PVC\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10.1 Pemex\u003cbr\u003e5.2.11 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e5.2.12 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.3 USA\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6 PVC\u003cbr\u003e5.3.7 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.1 BP-Amoco\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.2 Arco\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.3 Aristech\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.4 Chevron\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.5 Dow\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.6 Eastman\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.7 Exxon\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.8 General Electric\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.9 Geon\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.10 Hunstman\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.11 Mobil\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.12 Oxychem\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.13 Phillips Petroleum\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.14 Union Carbide\u003cbr\u003e5.3.9 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e5.3.10 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Western Europe\u003cbr\u003e(a) Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e(b) Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e(c) Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e(d) Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e(e) Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e(f) Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e(g) PVC\u003cbr\u003e(h) ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e(i) Western EuropeSupply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Austria\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.1.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.1.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.1.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.1.6 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.1.7 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.1.8 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.1.8.1 OeMV\u003cbr\u003e6.1.9 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.1.10 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Belgium\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.1 FAO\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.2 North Sea Propane Dehydrogenation Plant\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.3 BASF Complex\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e6.2.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.2.7 VCM\u003cbr\u003e6.2.8 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.2.9 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.2.9.1 EVC\u003cbr\u003e6.2.9.2 Petrofina\u003cbr\u003e6.2.9.3 Solvay\u003cbr\u003e6.2.10 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.2.11 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Denmark\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.1 Borealis\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.3.5 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Finland\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.4.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.4.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.4.6 VCM Monomer\/PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.4.7 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.4.7.1 Neste\u003cbr\u003e6.4.8 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.4.9 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.5 France\u003cbr\u003e6.5.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.5.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.5.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.5.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.5.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.5.6 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.5.7 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.5.8 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.5.8.1 Atochem\u003cbr\u003e6.5.9 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.5.10 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Germany\u003cbr\u003e6.6.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.6.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.6.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.6.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.6.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.6.6 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.6.7 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.6.8 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.6.9 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.6.10 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.6.10.1 Bayer\u003cbr\u003e6.6.10.2 BASF\u003cbr\u003e6.6.10.3 Hoechst\u003cbr\u003e6.6.11 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Greece\u003cbr\u003e6.7.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.7.2 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.7.3 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.7.4 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.7.5 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.7.6 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.7.6.1 Eko Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.7.7 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.7.8 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.8 Ireland\u003cbr\u003e6.8.1 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.8.2 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.9 Italy\u003cbr\u003e6.9.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.9.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.9.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.9.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.9.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e6.9.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.9.7 VCM\u003cbr\u003e6.9.8 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.9.9 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.9.10 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.9.11 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.9.12 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.9.12.1 Montedison\u003cbr\u003e6.9.12.2 Enichem\u003cbr\u003e6.9.13 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.9.14 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.10 The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e6.10.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.10.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.10.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.10.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.10.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e6.10.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.10.7 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.10.8 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.10.9 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.10.10 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.10.11 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.10.11.1 DSM\u003cbr\u003e6.10.11.2 Basell\u003cbr\u003e6.10.12 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.10.13 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.11 Norway\u003cbr\u003e6.11.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.11.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.11.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.11.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.11.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.11.6 EDC\/VCM\u003cbr\u003e6.11.7 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.11.8 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.11.9 Other Polymers\u003cbr\u003e6.11.10 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.11.10.1 Norsk Hydro\u003cbr\u003e6.11.11 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.11.12 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.12 Portugal\u003cbr\u003e6.12.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.12.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.12.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.12.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.12.5 Polystyrene\/ABS\u003cbr\u003e6.12.6 EDC\/VCM\u003cbr\u003e6.12.7 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.12.8 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.12.9 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.12.10 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.12.11 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.12.12 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.13 Spain\u003cbr\u003e6.13.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.13.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.13.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.13.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.13.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e6.13.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.13.7 VCM\u003cbr\u003e6.13.8 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.13.9 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.13.10 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.13.11 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.13.12 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.13.12.1 Repsol\u003cbr\u003e6.13.13 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.13.14 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.14 Sweden\u003cbr\u003e6.14.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.14.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.14.3 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.14.4 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.15 Switzerland\u003cbr\u003e6.15.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.15.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.15.3 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.15.4 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.16 UK\u003cbr\u003e6.16.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.16.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.16.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.16.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.16.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.16.6 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.16.7 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.16.7.1 BP-Amoco\u003cbr\u003e6.16.7.2 Royal Dutch\u003cbr\u003e6.16.8 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.17 Other Western European Countries\u003cbr\u003e6.17.1 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Polymer Pricing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAppendix A - Capacity Tables\u003cbr\u003eA.1 Abbreviations for Capacity Tables\u003cbr\u003eAppendix B - Definitions and Abbreviations\u003cbr\u003eB.1 Definitions\u003cbr\u003eB.2 Abbreviations\u003cbr\u003eB.3 Yield factors\u003cbr\u003eAppendix C - Abbreviations for State Names in the USA, Canada and Mexico\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nWilliam C. Kuhlke is president of Kuhlke and Associates, a consulting firm in Houston, Texas, which specialises in the marketing of volume polymers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMr. Kuhlke was with Shell Chemical Company for 33 years in various marketing functions, initially with the oil company and then with the chemical company. In the latter position, he was associated with the Resins, Elastomers, and Polymer businesses. The author subsequently moved to DeWitt and Company, where he was responsible for all polymer consulting activities. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWilliam Kuhlke was the International President of the SPE during the period 1984-1985. His SPE activities also included: President of the South Texas Section, Programme Chairman for the 1979 ANTEC meeting and Programme Chairman for the first International Polyolefins Conference. He has served as Chairman of the SPI's Furniture Division and as an SPI industry spokesman, in which role he has appeared in numerous radio and television interviews. He has also written numerous published articles on plastics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:12-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:13-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2001","Arco","Aristech","BASF","Bayer","book","Chevron","Dow","Eastman","Exxon","General Electric","Geon","Hoechst","Hunstman","materials","Mobil","Oxychem","Phillips Petroleum","plastics","polyethylene","polypropylene","polystyrene","polyvinyl chloride","report","thermoplastics","trends","Union Carbide","weathering","Western Europe"],"price":45000,"price_min":45000,"price_max":45000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378399492,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Volume Polymers in North America and Western Europe, Industry Analysis Report","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":45000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-238-2","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":[],"featured_image":null,"options":["Title"],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: W.C. Kuhlke \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-238-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2001\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 228\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nIn recent years, the plastics industry has undergone significant change due to company acquisitions and mergers. The scale of change means that it is crucial for all companies involved in the industry-manufacturers, suppliers and end-users-to have contemporary information on the major players in the marketplace. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Rapra Industry Analysis Report compares the North American volume polymers market with its Western European counterpart, and contains market data on the volume thermoplastics: polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride. Discussion of polyethylene is further divided into LDPE, LLDPE and HDPE, and that of polystyrene into conventional polystyrene (CPS) and expandable polystyrene (EPS). The report focuses on the producing countries for both regions, with the following nations covered in detail: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCanada \u003cbr\u003eMexico \u003cbr\u003eUnited States of America \u003cbr\u003eAustria \u003cbr\u003eBelgium \u003cbr\u003eFinland \u003cbr\u003eFrance \u003cbr\u003eGermany \u003cbr\u003eGreece \u003cbr\u003eIreland \u003cbr\u003eItaly \u003cbr\u003eNetherlands \u003cbr\u003eNorway \u003cbr\u003ePortugal \u003cbr\u003eSpain \u003cbr\u003eSweden \u003cbr\u003eSwitzerland \u003cbr\u003eUnited Kingdom \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor each country, an analysis of the base chemical capability is followed by a review of the volume polymer industry. An overview of volume polymer production capacity and consumption is provided by material, with the key end-use markets examined. The report includes discussion of the activities of the leading polymer-producing companies including merger and acquisition activity. A table is provided for each country summarising supply and demand for the period 1992-1998 with forecasts to 2003. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAppendix tables describe all the volume polymer plants in these two regions. The annual capacity of these plants is displayed over the period 1996-2000 with forecasts to 2005. Data included in these tables include the year the plant came on line, the type of resin produced, the technology used (or licenced) by the producer as well as capacity in the planning stage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2 Executive Summary\u003cbr\u003e3 Volume Polymers\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e3.4 PVC\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Market Overview\u003cbr\u003e4.1 A Comparison of the North American Plastics Market with the Western European Market\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Population and GDP per Capita\u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Labour Costs\u003cbr\u003e4.1.3 Delivery of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.1.4 Feedstocks\u003cbr\u003e4.1.5 The Internet\u003cbr\u003e4.1.5.1 Plastics Trading Sites\u003cbr\u003e4.1.5.1 Plastics Industry Information Sites\u003cbr\u003e4.1.6 Polymer Supply\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 North America\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Canada\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e5.1.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e5.1.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e5.1.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e5.1.7 VCM\u003cbr\u003e5.1.8 PVC\u003cbr\u003e5.1.9 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e5.1.10 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e5.1.11 PET\u003cbr\u003e5.1.12 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e5.1.12.1 AT Plastics\u003cbr\u003e5.1.12.2 Nova Corp\u003cbr\u003e5.1.12 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e5.1.14 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Mexico\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 VCM\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 PVC\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10.1 Pemex\u003cbr\u003e5.2.11 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e5.2.12 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.3 USA\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6 PVC\u003cbr\u003e5.3.7 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.1 BP-Amoco\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.2 Arco\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.3 Aristech\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.4 Chevron\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.5 Dow\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.6 Eastman\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.7 Exxon\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.8 General Electric\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.9 Geon\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.10 Hunstman\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.11 Mobil\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.12 Oxychem\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.13 Phillips Petroleum\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8.14 Union Carbide\u003cbr\u003e5.3.9 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e5.3.10 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Western Europe\u003cbr\u003e(a) Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e(b) Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e(c) Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e(d) Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e(e) Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e(f) Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e(g) PVC\u003cbr\u003e(h) ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e(i) Western EuropeSupply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Austria\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.1.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.1.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.1.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.1.6 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.1.7 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.1.8 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.1.8.1 OeMV\u003cbr\u003e6.1.9 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.1.10 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Belgium\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.1 FAO\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.2 North Sea Propane Dehydrogenation Plant\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1.3 BASF Complex\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e6.2.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.2.7 VCM\u003cbr\u003e6.2.8 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.2.9 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.2.9.1 EVC\u003cbr\u003e6.2.9.2 Petrofina\u003cbr\u003e6.2.9.3 Solvay\u003cbr\u003e6.2.10 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.2.11 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Denmark\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3.1 Borealis\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.3.5 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Finland\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.4.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.4.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.4.6 VCM Monomer\/PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.4.7 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.4.7.1 Neste\u003cbr\u003e6.4.8 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.4.9 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.5 France\u003cbr\u003e6.5.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.5.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.5.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.5.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.5.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.5.6 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.5.7 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.5.8 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.5.8.1 Atochem\u003cbr\u003e6.5.9 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.5.10 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Germany\u003cbr\u003e6.6.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.6.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.6.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.6.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.6.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.6.6 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.6.7 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.6.8 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.6.9 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.6.10 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.6.10.1 Bayer\u003cbr\u003e6.6.10.2 BASF\u003cbr\u003e6.6.10.3 Hoechst\u003cbr\u003e6.6.11 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Greece\u003cbr\u003e6.7.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.7.2 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.7.3 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.7.4 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.7.5 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.7.6 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.7.6.1 Eko Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.7.7 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.7.8 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.8 Ireland\u003cbr\u003e6.8.1 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.8.2 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.9 Italy\u003cbr\u003e6.9.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.9.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.9.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.9.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.9.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e6.9.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.9.7 VCM\u003cbr\u003e6.9.8 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.9.9 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.9.10 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.9.11 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.9.12 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.9.12.1 Montedison\u003cbr\u003e6.9.12.2 Enichem\u003cbr\u003e6.9.13 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.9.14 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.10 The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e6.10.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.10.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.10.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.10.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.10.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e6.10.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.10.7 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.10.8 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.10.9 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.10.10 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.10.11 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.10.11.1 DSM\u003cbr\u003e6.10.11.2 Basell\u003cbr\u003e6.10.12 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.10.13 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.11 Norway\u003cbr\u003e6.11.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.11.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.11.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.11.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.11.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.11.6 EDC\/VCM\u003cbr\u003e6.11.7 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.11.8 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.11.9 Other Polymers\u003cbr\u003e6.11.10 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.11.10.1 Norsk Hydro\u003cbr\u003e6.11.11 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.11.12 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.12 Portugal\u003cbr\u003e6.12.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.12.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.12.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.12.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.12.5 Polystyrene\/ABS\u003cbr\u003e6.12.6 EDC\/VCM\u003cbr\u003e6.12.7 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.12.8 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.12.9 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.12.10 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.12.11 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.12.12 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.13 Spain\u003cbr\u003e6.13.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.13.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.13.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.13.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.13.5 Styrene Monomer\u003cbr\u003e6.13.6 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.13.7 VCM\u003cbr\u003e6.13.8 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.13.9 ABS\/SAN\u003cbr\u003e6.13.10 Polycarbonate\u003cbr\u003e6.13.11 PET\u003cbr\u003e6.13.12 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.13.12.1 Repsol\u003cbr\u003e6.13.13 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.13.14 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.14 Sweden\u003cbr\u003e6.14.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.14.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.14.3 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.14.4 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.15 Switzerland\u003cbr\u003e6.15.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.15.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.15.3 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e6.15.4 Sources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.16 UK\u003cbr\u003e6.16.1 Base Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e6.16.2 Plastics General\u003cbr\u003e6.16.3 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e6.16.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e6.16.5 Polystyrene\u003cbr\u003e6.16.6 PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.16.7 Major International Companies\u003cbr\u003e6.16.7.1 BP-Amoco\u003cbr\u003e6.16.7.2 Royal Dutch\u003cbr\u003e6.16.8 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.17 Other Western European Countries\u003cbr\u003e6.17.1 Supply Demand Balance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Polymer Pricing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAppendix A - Capacity Tables\u003cbr\u003eA.1 Abbreviations for Capacity Tables\u003cbr\u003eAppendix B - Definitions and Abbreviations\u003cbr\u003eB.1 Definitions\u003cbr\u003eB.2 Abbreviations\u003cbr\u003eB.3 Yield factors\u003cbr\u003eAppendix C - Abbreviations for State Names in the USA, Canada and Mexico\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nWilliam C. Kuhlke is president of Kuhlke and Associates, a consulting firm in Houston, Texas, which specialises in the marketing of volume polymers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMr. Kuhlke was with Shell Chemical Company for 33 years in various marketing functions, initially with the oil company and then with the chemical company. In the latter position, he was associated with the Resins, Elastomers, and Polymer businesses. The author subsequently moved to DeWitt and Company, where he was responsible for all polymer consulting activities. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWilliam Kuhlke was the International President of the SPE during the period 1984-1985. His SPE activities also included: President of the South Texas Section, Programme Chairman for the 1979 ANTEC meeting and Programme Chairman for the first International Polyolefins Conference. He has served as Chairman of the SPI's Furniture Division and as an SPI industry spokesman, in which role he has appeared in numerous radio and television interviews. He has also written numerous published articles on plastics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Natamai Subramanian Muralisrinivasan ISBN 9781847355508 Pages:164 Summary In recent years, PVC has penetrated markets once dominated by metals, it continues to grow in popularity with unique and dependable properties that can be used efficiently and produced economically. Because of the flexible to rigid formulations, the field of PVC is continually marked with technical innovations....
$130.00
in stock
{"id":11242230148,"title":"Update on Troubleshooting the PVC Extrusion Process","handle":"9781847355508","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Natamai Subramanian Muralisrinivasan \u003cbr\u003eISBN 9781847355508 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages:164\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nIn recent years, PVC has penetrated markets once dominated by metals, it continues to grow in popularity with unique and dependable properties that can be used efficiently and produced economically. Because of the flexible to rigid formulations, the field of PVC is continually marked with technical innovations. Additives are also a part both technically and economically in the PVC extrusion processes. Plasticizers are the third largest global plastic additives used in PVC production. The driving forces for PVC extrusion comes from the extensive use of additives in a wide range of applications, increased quality requirements, the need of PVC products that meet increasingly rigorous quality specifications and problems relating to finished products.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis comprehensive book contains information on a wide range of topics with the emphasis on compounding and additives but also gives details about the combination of woody materials with PVC to wood polymer composites (WPC).\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Update will help the reader enhance their knowledge in PVC processing technology. R\u0026amp;D scientists, researchers, production managers, chemical engineers, and academics alike will all benefit.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:13-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:13-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2011","additives","book","extrusion","p-additives","p-chemistry","plasticizers","polymer","polymer composites (WPC)","polymers","PVC"],"price":13000,"price_min":13000,"price_max":13000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378399684,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Update on Troubleshooting the PVC Extrusion Process","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":13000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9781847355508","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847355508_525ea61a-8735-4145-830f-c7fbac4215ef.jpg?v=1499957097"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847355508_525ea61a-8735-4145-830f-c7fbac4215ef.jpg?v=1499957097","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358841516125,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847355508_525ea61a-8735-4145-830f-c7fbac4215ef.jpg?v=1499957097"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847355508_525ea61a-8735-4145-830f-c7fbac4215ef.jpg?v=1499957097","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Natamai Subramanian Muralisrinivasan \u003cbr\u003eISBN 9781847355508 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages:164\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nIn recent years, PVC has penetrated markets once dominated by metals, it continues to grow in popularity with unique and dependable properties that can be used efficiently and produced economically. Because of the flexible to rigid formulations, the field of PVC is continually marked with technical innovations. Additives are also a part both technically and economically in the PVC extrusion processes. Plasticizers are the third largest global plastic additives used in PVC production. The driving forces for PVC extrusion comes from the extensive use of additives in a wide range of applications, increased quality requirements, the need of PVC products that meet increasingly rigorous quality specifications and problems relating to finished products.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis comprehensive book contains information on a wide range of topics with the emphasis on compounding and additives but also gives details about the combination of woody materials with PVC to wood polymer composites (WPC).\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Update will help the reader enhance their knowledge in PVC processing technology. R\u0026amp;D scientists, researchers, production managers, chemical engineers, and academics alike will all benefit.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e"}
Description Author: W.O.E. Korver ISBN 0-8155-1449-2 Pages:442, Figures: 113, Tables: 34 Summary The purpose of this publication is to make readers aware of the explosion danger that may exist when they are involved in the use of flammable gases and liquids that are stored, processed, or transported in facilities with electrical wiring and equipment. Compliance with...
$220.00
in stock
{"id":11242230020,"title":"Electrical Safety in Flammable Gas\/Vapor Laden Atmospheres","handle":"0-8155-1449-2","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: W.O.E. Korver \u003cbr\u003eISBN 0-8155-1449-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages:442, Figures: 113, Tables: 34\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe purpose of this publication is to make readers aware of the explosion danger that may exist when they are involved in the use of flammable gases and liquids that are stored, processed, or transported in facilities with electrical wiring and equipment. Compliance with the electrical power recommendations in here will essentially provide a safe environment, which is a fundamental prerequisite in controlling injuries and damage to properties.\u003cbr\u003eOne intent of this publication is to provide an in-depth understanding of the factors that influence the classification of a hazardous location. One factor, in combination with one or more other factors, will have an impact on the level of danger and its hazardous boundaries. These factors and their influences are explained in detail in this publication, and once their impact is understood, the classification of a hazardous location becomes a straightforward procedure. The purpose of classification of a hazardous location is to provide safety for personnel and equipment. Another intent of this book is to achieve an electrical installation that will provide an acceptable level of safety for personnel and equipment at the lowest possible cost. To accomplish this, it is necessary to analyze in detail the environmental conditions of the location and the characteristics of the source of hazard.\u003cbr\u003eThe engineer who is involved in preparing the area classification must understand all of the details that will impact on his decision to classify the area Division 1, Division 2, or non-hazardous. Without a knowledge of the environmental conditions and the characteristics of the source of hazard, he, most certainly, will give the location a safety level much too high, which is not economically justifiable, or a level too low, which is unsafe. It is this approach that must be avoided.\u003cbr\u003eIn nine out often cases, a hazardous location is classified much too conservatively. The reasons for this conservative approach are a lack of knowledge and a misunderstanding of the actual concept of safety and danger. In the majority of cases, hazardous areas are classified Division I when the location could have been classified Division 2, and areas which are classified Division 2 could have been classified non-hazardous. In other cases, the location is classified non-hazardous when it should have been classified Division 1 or Division 2. It must be kept in mind that a location classified Division 1 requires explosion-proof equipment, which ranges in price from two to four times the cost of general-purpose electrical equipment, some of which are allowed in Division 2 locations. Therefore, it is important to strive to achieve a classification of a lower yet acceptable level of safety, which is commensurate with an acceptable risk and reduces the cost of electrical installations.\u003cbr\u003eTo establish such a point, it is necessary to evaluate the characteristics of the flammable products, along with the conditions under which the product must operate. By listing this information on appropriate forms, the evaluation of the degree of hazard and its boundaries can be correctly performed, and, as a result, the proper electrical equipment can be selected under the provisions of the NEC.\u003cbr\u003eA total of 126 tables and illustrations have been developed to assist the engineer in establishing the degree of danger and its boundaries for locations with flammable products.\u003cbr\u003eThis publication is divided into three parts with an appendix. Part I discusses the flammable and combustible principles of hazardous products and other pertinent information associated with an area classification. Part 2 discusses the environmental conditions in hazardous locations. A number of specific illustrations are included in this section. Part 3 discusses the application procedure for classifying NEC Class I locations. Examples are also included in this section. Following these sections is an appendix listing properties of flammable liquids, gases, and vapors.\u003cbr\u003eThe application of the information explained herein is mainly for flammable liquids, vapors, and gases that are processed, handled, stored, and\/or transported. A small portion of this publication explains the classification of coal handling facilities.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCONTENTS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFlammable and Combustible Principles of Hazardous Products\u003cbr\u003eClassifying Sources of Hazard\u003cbr\u003eThe Extent of Explosion Danger for NEC Class I Locations\u003cbr\u003eSpatial Considerations\u003cbr\u003eThe Degree of Explosion Danger for NEC Class II Locations\u003cbr\u003eVentilation Requirements\u003cbr\u003eElectrical Equipment for NEC Class I Locations\u003cbr\u003eElectrical Equipment for NEC Class II, Group F Locations\u003cbr\u003eIntrinsically Safe Equipment and Wiring\u003cbr\u003eInstallation of Electrical Instruments in Hazardous Locations\u003cbr\u003eHydrogen Gas\u003cbr\u003eCathodic Protection\u003cbr\u003eStatic Electricity\u003cbr\u003eGrounding of Tanks, Pipelines, and Tank Cars\u003cbr\u003eGrounding Requirements for Electrical Equipment\u003cbr\u003eApplication of Seals in NEC Class I Locations\u003cbr\u003eApplication of Seals in NEC Class II Locations\u003cbr\u003eApplication of Fundamentals (General Requirements for Groups A-K)\u003cbr\u003eExamples\u003cbr\u003eProperties of Flammable Liquids, Gases and Vapor\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nWith a Master's Degree in electrical power engineering, W.O.E. Korver has over 15 years experience in construction and electrical installation design for chemical, petrochemical, fossil fuel and nuclear power plants, and has over 30 years experience in classifying hazardous areas. He is Senior Safety Engineer, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of Technology.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:13-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:13-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2001","book","cathodic protection","combustible principals","electrical","environment","equipment","explosion","flammable gase","flammable liquid","gas","hazard","hydrogen gas","installation","intrinsically safe equipment","NEC class","pipelines","polymer","static electricity","tank cars","tanks","vapor"],"price":22000,"price_min":22000,"price_max":22000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378399556,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Electrical Safety in Flammable Gas\/Vapor Laden Atmospheres","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":22000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"0-8155-1449-2","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/0-8155-1449-2.jpg?v=1499281236"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/0-8155-1449-2.jpg?v=1499281236","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":354453880925,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/0-8155-1449-2.jpg?v=1499281236"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/0-8155-1449-2.jpg?v=1499281236","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: W.O.E. Korver \u003cbr\u003eISBN 0-8155-1449-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages:442, Figures: 113, Tables: 34\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe purpose of this publication is to make readers aware of the explosion danger that may exist when they are involved in the use of flammable gases and liquids that are stored, processed, or transported in facilities with electrical wiring and equipment. Compliance with the electrical power recommendations in here will essentially provide a safe environment, which is a fundamental prerequisite in controlling injuries and damage to properties.\u003cbr\u003eOne intent of this publication is to provide an in-depth understanding of the factors that influence the classification of a hazardous location. One factor, in combination with one or more other factors, will have an impact on the level of danger and its hazardous boundaries. These factors and their influences are explained in detail in this publication, and once their impact is understood, the classification of a hazardous location becomes a straightforward procedure. The purpose of classification of a hazardous location is to provide safety for personnel and equipment. Another intent of this book is to achieve an electrical installation that will provide an acceptable level of safety for personnel and equipment at the lowest possible cost. To accomplish this, it is necessary to analyze in detail the environmental conditions of the location and the characteristics of the source of hazard.\u003cbr\u003eThe engineer who is involved in preparing the area classification must understand all of the details that will impact on his decision to classify the area Division 1, Division 2, or non-hazardous. Without a knowledge of the environmental conditions and the characteristics of the source of hazard, he, most certainly, will give the location a safety level much too high, which is not economically justifiable, or a level too low, which is unsafe. It is this approach that must be avoided.\u003cbr\u003eIn nine out often cases, a hazardous location is classified much too conservatively. The reasons for this conservative approach are a lack of knowledge and a misunderstanding of the actual concept of safety and danger. In the majority of cases, hazardous areas are classified Division I when the location could have been classified Division 2, and areas which are classified Division 2 could have been classified non-hazardous. In other cases, the location is classified non-hazardous when it should have been classified Division 1 or Division 2. It must be kept in mind that a location classified Division 1 requires explosion-proof equipment, which ranges in price from two to four times the cost of general-purpose electrical equipment, some of which are allowed in Division 2 locations. Therefore, it is important to strive to achieve a classification of a lower yet acceptable level of safety, which is commensurate with an acceptable risk and reduces the cost of electrical installations.\u003cbr\u003eTo establish such a point, it is necessary to evaluate the characteristics of the flammable products, along with the conditions under which the product must operate. By listing this information on appropriate forms, the evaluation of the degree of hazard and its boundaries can be correctly performed, and, as a result, the proper electrical equipment can be selected under the provisions of the NEC.\u003cbr\u003eA total of 126 tables and illustrations have been developed to assist the engineer in establishing the degree of danger and its boundaries for locations with flammable products.\u003cbr\u003eThis publication is divided into three parts with an appendix. Part I discusses the flammable and combustible principles of hazardous products and other pertinent information associated with an area classification. Part 2 discusses the environmental conditions in hazardous locations. A number of specific illustrations are included in this section. Part 3 discusses the application procedure for classifying NEC Class I locations. Examples are also included in this section. Following these sections is an appendix listing properties of flammable liquids, gases, and vapors.\u003cbr\u003eThe application of the information explained herein is mainly for flammable liquids, vapors, and gases that are processed, handled, stored, and\/or transported. A small portion of this publication explains the classification of coal handling facilities.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCONTENTS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFlammable and Combustible Principles of Hazardous Products\u003cbr\u003eClassifying Sources of Hazard\u003cbr\u003eThe Extent of Explosion Danger for NEC Class I Locations\u003cbr\u003eSpatial Considerations\u003cbr\u003eThe Degree of Explosion Danger for NEC Class II Locations\u003cbr\u003eVentilation Requirements\u003cbr\u003eElectrical Equipment for NEC Class I Locations\u003cbr\u003eElectrical Equipment for NEC Class II, Group F Locations\u003cbr\u003eIntrinsically Safe Equipment and Wiring\u003cbr\u003eInstallation of Electrical Instruments in Hazardous Locations\u003cbr\u003eHydrogen Gas\u003cbr\u003eCathodic Protection\u003cbr\u003eStatic Electricity\u003cbr\u003eGrounding of Tanks, Pipelines, and Tank Cars\u003cbr\u003eGrounding Requirements for Electrical Equipment\u003cbr\u003eApplication of Seals in NEC Class I Locations\u003cbr\u003eApplication of Seals in NEC Class II Locations\u003cbr\u003eApplication of Fundamentals (General Requirements for Groups A-K)\u003cbr\u003eExamples\u003cbr\u003eProperties of Flammable Liquids, Gases and Vapor\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nWith a Master's Degree in electrical power engineering, W.O.E. Korver has over 15 years experience in construction and electrical installation design for chemical, petrochemical, fossil fuel and nuclear power plants, and has over 30 years experience in classifying hazardous areas. He is Senior Safety Engineer, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of Technology."}
Description Author: Vannessa Goodship ISBN 978-1-85957-470-6 138 pages Summary Injection moulding is one of the most commonly used processing technologies for plastics materials. Proper machine set up, part and mould design, and material selection can lead to high-quality production. This review outlines common factors to check when preparing for injection mould components so that costly mistakes...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242229508,"title":"Troubleshooting Injection Moulding","handle":"978-1-85957-470-6","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Vannessa Goodship \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-470-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e138 pages\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nInjection moulding is one of the most commonly used processing technologies for plastics materials. Proper machine set up, part and mould design, and material selection can lead to high-quality production. This review outlines common factors to check when preparing for injection mould components so that costly mistakes can be avoided. Sometimes problems occur in producing parts of the desired quality and there are visible surface defects. Due to the complex interrelationship between the part and the mould, the moulding compound, and the processing, it is often hard to recognise the source of the problem to remedy it. Defects can be classified into: sink marks, streaks, gloss differences, visible weld lines, jetting, diesel effect (burns), record grooves effect, stress whitening or cracking, incompletely filled parts, flash, visible ejector marks, deformation during demoulding, flaking of the surface, cold slugs or cold flow lines, entrapped air and blister formation, dark spots, and dull spots near the sprue. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review examines the different types of surface defects that can be identified in plastics parts and looks at ways of solving these problems. Useful flow charts to illustrate possible ways forward are included. Case studies and a large number of figures make this a very useful report.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Optimising the Moulding Part \u003cbr\u003e2. Detection, Classification and Troubleshooting Defects \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Classification \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Flow Charts for Troubleshooting \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Sink Marks \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Correcting Sink Marks \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Streaks \u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Burnt Streaks (Brown or Silver) \u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Moisture Streaks \u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Colour Streaks \u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Air Streaks\/Air Hooks \u003cbr\u003e2.4.5 Glass Fibre Streaks \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Gloss\/Gloss Differences \u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Correcting Gloss\/Gloss Differences \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Weld Line (Visible Notch or Colour Change) \u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Improving a Weld Line (Visible Notch or Colour Change) \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Jetting \u003cbr\u003e2.7.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.7.2 Correcting Jetting \u003cbr\u003e2.8 Diesel Effect (Burns) \u003cbr\u003e2.8.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.8.2 Correcting Diesel Effect (Burns) \u003cbr\u003e2.9 Record Grooves Effect \u003cbr\u003e2.9.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.9.2 Correcting Record Grooves Effect \u003cbr\u003e2.10 Stress Whitening\/Stress Cracks \u003cbr\u003e2.10.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.10.2 Correcting Stress Whitening\/Stress Cracks \u003cbr\u003e2.11 Incompletely Filled Parts \u003cbr\u003e2.11.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.11.2 Correcting Incompletely Filled Parts \u003cbr\u003e2.12 Oversprayed Parts (Flashes) \u003cbr\u003e2.12.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.12.2 Correcting Oversprayed Parts (Flashes) \u003cbr\u003e2.13 Visible Ejector Marks \u003cbr\u003e2.13.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.13.2 Correcting Visible Ejector Marks \u003cbr\u003e2.14 Deformation During Demoulding \u003cbr\u003e2.14.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.14.2 Correcting Deformation During Demoulding \u003cbr\u003e2.15 Flaking of the Surface Layer \u003cbr\u003e2.15.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.15.2 Correcting Flaking of the Surface Layer \u003cbr\u003e2.16 Cold Slugs\/Cold Flow Lines \u003cbr\u003e2.16.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.16.2 Correcting Cold Slug\/Cold Flow Lines \u003cbr\u003e2.17 Entrapped Air (Blister Formation) \u003cbr\u003e2.17.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.17.2 Correcting Entrapped Air (Blister Formation) \u003cbr\u003e2.18 Dark Spots \u003cbr\u003e2.18.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.18.2 Correcting Dark Spots \u003cbr\u003e2.19 Dull Spots Near the Sprue \u003cbr\u003e2.19.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.19.2 Correcting Dull Spots Near the Sprue \u003cbr\u003e3. Case Studies of Injection Moulded Components \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Threaded Connecting Sleeves for Ink Drafting Apparatus \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Meter Cases \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Wristwatch Glass \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Alarm Clock Glass \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Glass Cover for Digital Gauge \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Plug Boards with Insert Pins \u003cbr\u003e4. Effects of Injection Moulding Parameters \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Internal Mould Temperature and Pressure \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Relationship of Injection and Mould Cavity Pressures \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Injection Pressure and Injection Time \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Filling Speed \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Filling Speed and Orientation \u003cbr\u003e4.6 Effects of Too High Filling Speed \u003cbr\u003e5. Machine Specifications \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Clamp Force \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Injection Unit \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Feeding Hopper \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Barrel Residence Time \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Precompression of the Melt \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Check Valve \u003cbr\u003e5.7 The Nozzle \u003cbr\u003e5.8 The Feed System \u003cbr\u003e5.9 The Mould Temperature \u003cbr\u003e5.10 The Importance of Adequate Venting \u003cbr\u003e5.11 Multi-Cavity Moulds \u003cbr\u003eGeneral Information on Wear and Tear \u003cbr\u003e6. Conclusion \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database \u003cbr\u003eSubject Index \u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe editor, Dr. Vannessa Goodship, is a Senior Research Fellow with 15 years\u003cbr\u003eexperience in industry and expertise in injection moulding technology. She\u003cbr\u003eis based at the Warwick Manufacturing Group in the Advanced Technology\u003cbr\u003eCentre at the University of Warwick.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:11-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:12-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2004","barrel","blister","book","cavity","colour","dark spots","dull spots","entrapped air","feed system","feeding hopper","filling speed","flow line","glass cover","gloss","injection moulding","insert pins","melt","moisture streaks","molding","nozzle","p-processing","parameters","plastic","polymer","precompression","pressure","pressures","specifications","temperature","valve","venting","wristwatch glass"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378399108,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Troubleshooting Injection Moulding","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-470-6","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-470-6_57ea8892-cd62-4382-8ea0-7fccdc0d39aa.jpg?v=1499956929"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-470-6_57ea8892-cd62-4382-8ea0-7fccdc0d39aa.jpg?v=1499956929","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358833717341,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-470-6_57ea8892-cd62-4382-8ea0-7fccdc0d39aa.jpg?v=1499956929"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-470-6_57ea8892-cd62-4382-8ea0-7fccdc0d39aa.jpg?v=1499956929","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Vannessa Goodship \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-470-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e138 pages\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nInjection moulding is one of the most commonly used processing technologies for plastics materials. Proper machine set up, part and mould design, and material selection can lead to high-quality production. This review outlines common factors to check when preparing for injection mould components so that costly mistakes can be avoided. Sometimes problems occur in producing parts of the desired quality and there are visible surface defects. Due to the complex interrelationship between the part and the mould, the moulding compound, and the processing, it is often hard to recognise the source of the problem to remedy it. Defects can be classified into: sink marks, streaks, gloss differences, visible weld lines, jetting, diesel effect (burns), record grooves effect, stress whitening or cracking, incompletely filled parts, flash, visible ejector marks, deformation during demoulding, flaking of the surface, cold slugs or cold flow lines, entrapped air and blister formation, dark spots, and dull spots near the sprue. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review examines the different types of surface defects that can be identified in plastics parts and looks at ways of solving these problems. Useful flow charts to illustrate possible ways forward are included. Case studies and a large number of figures make this a very useful report.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Optimising the Moulding Part \u003cbr\u003e2. Detection, Classification and Troubleshooting Defects \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Classification \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Flow Charts for Troubleshooting \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Sink Marks \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Correcting Sink Marks \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Streaks \u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Burnt Streaks (Brown or Silver) \u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Moisture Streaks \u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Colour Streaks \u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Air Streaks\/Air Hooks \u003cbr\u003e2.4.5 Glass Fibre Streaks \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Gloss\/Gloss Differences \u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Correcting Gloss\/Gloss Differences \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Weld Line (Visible Notch or Colour Change) \u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Improving a Weld Line (Visible Notch or Colour Change) \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Jetting \u003cbr\u003e2.7.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.7.2 Correcting Jetting \u003cbr\u003e2.8 Diesel Effect (Burns) \u003cbr\u003e2.8.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.8.2 Correcting Diesel Effect (Burns) \u003cbr\u003e2.9 Record Grooves Effect \u003cbr\u003e2.9.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.9.2 Correcting Record Grooves Effect \u003cbr\u003e2.10 Stress Whitening\/Stress Cracks \u003cbr\u003e2.10.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.10.2 Correcting Stress Whitening\/Stress Cracks \u003cbr\u003e2.11 Incompletely Filled Parts \u003cbr\u003e2.11.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.11.2 Correcting Incompletely Filled Parts \u003cbr\u003e2.12 Oversprayed Parts (Flashes) \u003cbr\u003e2.12.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.12.2 Correcting Oversprayed Parts (Flashes) \u003cbr\u003e2.13 Visible Ejector Marks \u003cbr\u003e2.13.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.13.2 Correcting Visible Ejector Marks \u003cbr\u003e2.14 Deformation During Demoulding \u003cbr\u003e2.14.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.14.2 Correcting Deformation During Demoulding \u003cbr\u003e2.15 Flaking of the Surface Layer \u003cbr\u003e2.15.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.15.2 Correcting Flaking of the Surface Layer \u003cbr\u003e2.16 Cold Slugs\/Cold Flow Lines \u003cbr\u003e2.16.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.16.2 Correcting Cold Slug\/Cold Flow Lines \u003cbr\u003e2.17 Entrapped Air (Blister Formation) \u003cbr\u003e2.17.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.17.2 Correcting Entrapped Air (Blister Formation) \u003cbr\u003e2.18 Dark Spots \u003cbr\u003e2.18.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.18.2 Correcting Dark Spots \u003cbr\u003e2.19 Dull Spots Near the Sprue \u003cbr\u003e2.19.1 Physical Cause \u003cbr\u003e2.19.2 Correcting Dull Spots Near the Sprue \u003cbr\u003e3. Case Studies of Injection Moulded Components \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Threaded Connecting Sleeves for Ink Drafting Apparatus \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Meter Cases \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Wristwatch Glass \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Alarm Clock Glass \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Glass Cover for Digital Gauge \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Plug Boards with Insert Pins \u003cbr\u003e4. Effects of Injection Moulding Parameters \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Internal Mould Temperature and Pressure \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Relationship of Injection and Mould Cavity Pressures \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Injection Pressure and Injection Time \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Filling Speed \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Filling Speed and Orientation \u003cbr\u003e4.6 Effects of Too High Filling Speed \u003cbr\u003e5. Machine Specifications \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Clamp Force \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Injection Unit \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Feeding Hopper \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Barrel Residence Time \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Precompression of the Melt \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Check Valve \u003cbr\u003e5.7 The Nozzle \u003cbr\u003e5.8 The Feed System \u003cbr\u003e5.9 The Mould Temperature \u003cbr\u003e5.10 The Importance of Adequate Venting \u003cbr\u003e5.11 Multi-Cavity Moulds \u003cbr\u003eGeneral Information on Wear and Tear \u003cbr\u003e6. Conclusion \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database \u003cbr\u003eSubject Index \u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe editor, Dr. Vannessa Goodship, is a Senior Research Fellow with 15 years\u003cbr\u003eexperience in industry and expertise in injection moulding technology. She\u003cbr\u003eis based at the Warwick Manufacturing Group in the Advanced Technology\u003cbr\u003eCentre at the University of Warwick.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Vikas Mittal (Editor) ISBN 978-3-527-32521-4 Hardcover440 pages Summary A one-stop resource for researchers and developers alike, this book covers a plethora of nanocomposite properties and their enhancement mechanisms.With contributors from industry as well as academia, each chapter elucidates in detail the mechanisms to achieve a certain functionality of the polymer nanocomposite, such as improved...
$219.00
in stock
{"id":11242229764,"title":"Optimization of Polymer Nanocomposite Properties","handle":"978-3-527-32521-4","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Vikas Mittal (Editor) \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-3-527-32521-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHardcover\u003cbr\u003e440 pages\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nA one-stop resource for researchers and developers alike, this book covers a plethora of nanocomposite properties and their enhancement mechanisms.\u003cbr\u003eWith contributors from industry as well as academia, each chapter elucidates in detail the mechanisms to achieve a certain functionality of the polymer nanocomposite, such as improved biodegradability, increased chemical resistance, and tribological performance. Special emphasis is laid on the interdependence of the factors that affect the nanocomposite properties such that readers obtain the information necessary to synthesize the polymer materials according to the requirements of their respective applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolymer Nanocomposites: Synthesis, Microstructure, and Properties \u003cbr\u003eMorphology Development in Thermoset Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eMorphology and Interface Development in Rubber-Clay Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eMorphology Development in Polyolefin Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eRheological Behavior of Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eMechanical Property Enhancement of Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eStress Transfer and Fracture Mechanisms in Carbon Nanotube-Reinforced Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eBarrier-Resistance Generation in Polymer Composites\u003cbr\u003eMechanisms of Thermal Stability Enhancement in Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eMechanisms of Tribological Performance Improvement in Polymer Nanocomposites \u003cbr\u003eMechanisms of Biodegradability Generation in Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eSelf-Healing in Nanoparticle-Reinforced Polymers and other Polymer Systems\u003cbr\u003eCrystallization in Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003ePrediction of the Mechanical Properties of Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eMorphology Generation in Polymer Nanocomposites Using Various Layered Silicates\u003cbr\u003eThermomechanical Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eEffect of Processing Conditions on the Morphology and Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nVikas Mittal is a polymer engineer at BASF Polymer Research in Ludwigshafen, Germany. He obtained his Ph.D. in Polymer and Materials Engineering from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich, Switzerland. Later, he worked as a materials scientist in the Active and Intelligent Coatings section of SunChemical in London, UK. His research interests include polymer nanocomposites, novel filler surface modifications, and thermal stability enhancements. He has authored more than 20 scientific publications and book chapters.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:12-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:12-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2010","biodegradability","book","crystallization","morphology","nano","Nanocomposite","nanotube","properties","rheology","thermal stability","tribological performance"],"price":21900,"price_min":21900,"price_max":21900,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378399300,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Optimization of Polymer Nanocomposite Properties","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":21900,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-3-527-32521-4","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-527-32521-4.jpg?v=1499951887"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-527-32521-4.jpg?v=1499951887","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358526058589,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-527-32521-4.jpg?v=1499951887"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-527-32521-4.jpg?v=1499951887","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Vikas Mittal (Editor) \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-3-527-32521-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHardcover\u003cbr\u003e440 pages\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nA one-stop resource for researchers and developers alike, this book covers a plethora of nanocomposite properties and their enhancement mechanisms.\u003cbr\u003eWith contributors from industry as well as academia, each chapter elucidates in detail the mechanisms to achieve a certain functionality of the polymer nanocomposite, such as improved biodegradability, increased chemical resistance, and tribological performance. Special emphasis is laid on the interdependence of the factors that affect the nanocomposite properties such that readers obtain the information necessary to synthesize the polymer materials according to the requirements of their respective applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolymer Nanocomposites: Synthesis, Microstructure, and Properties \u003cbr\u003eMorphology Development in Thermoset Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eMorphology and Interface Development in Rubber-Clay Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eMorphology Development in Polyolefin Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eRheological Behavior of Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eMechanical Property Enhancement of Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eStress Transfer and Fracture Mechanisms in Carbon Nanotube-Reinforced Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eBarrier-Resistance Generation in Polymer Composites\u003cbr\u003eMechanisms of Thermal Stability Enhancement in Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eMechanisms of Tribological Performance Improvement in Polymer Nanocomposites \u003cbr\u003eMechanisms of Biodegradability Generation in Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eSelf-Healing in Nanoparticle-Reinforced Polymers and other Polymer Systems\u003cbr\u003eCrystallization in Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003ePrediction of the Mechanical Properties of Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eMorphology Generation in Polymer Nanocomposites Using Various Layered Silicates\u003cbr\u003eThermomechanical Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003eEffect of Processing Conditions on the Morphology and Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nVikas Mittal is a polymer engineer at BASF Polymer Research in Ludwigshafen, Germany. He obtained his Ph.D. in Polymer and Materials Engineering from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich, Switzerland. Later, he worked as a materials scientist in the Active and Intelligent Coatings section of SunChemical in London, UK. His research interests include polymer nanocomposites, novel filler surface modifications, and thermal stability enhancements. He has authored more than 20 scientific publications and book chapters."}
Description Author: Edited by C. Vasile and A.K. Kulshreshtha ISBN 1-85957-303-7 Summary The extraordinary growth in the use of plastics in the last century is in response to a growing world population, with its increasing demands for more food, better health care, improved housing and numerous cheaper and abundant consumer products. What is expected of...
$270.00
in stock
{"id":11242229700,"title":"Handbook of Polymer Blends and Composites, Volume 3","handle":"1-85957-303-7","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Edited by C. Vasile and A.K. Kulshreshtha \u003cbr\u003eISBN 1-85957-303-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe extraordinary growth in the use of plastics in the last century is in response to a growing world population, with its increasing demands for more food, better health care, improved housing and numerous cheaper and abundant consumer products. What is expected of the chemical industry in the 21st century is to produce plastics while being aware of the environment, by reducing waste production, reducing the consumption of materials, reducing the demand for energy, reducing the use of non-renewable resources, and reducing risks, hazards and costs. The topics of this handbook try to answer these questions in a specific way by using simple rules of mixing. Polymer blending is a very useful and versatile strategy for the polymer chemist for designing new materials that potentially fulfill these new 'green' requirements. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis four volume handbook, Handbook of Polymer Blends and Composites is intended to provide an overview of the theory and application of polymer blends and composites. The first two volumes are concerned with the state-of-the-art of composites' development, characteristics of particulate fillers and fibre reinforcements and interface characteristics, main procedures of composites manufacture and their applications. The other two volumes are dedicated to polymer blends. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePractical and theoretical investigations are presented, which are aimed at generating an understanding of the fundamental nature of polymer mixtures and composites and describing progress in the thermodynamics of mixing (both in solution and solid state) of binary and multi-component systems. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be useful to students, researchers, academics, and workers in the industry, who have an interest in polymer blends and composites.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nTerminology, Thermodynamics of Multicomponent Polymer Systems, Phase Behaviour, Interface (Interphase) in Demixed Polymer Systems, Water Soluble Polymer Blends - Phase Behaviour and Complex Formation, Water Soluble Polymer Blends - Applications, Reactive Polymer Blending, Inter-Penetrating Networks, Heterofibres, Glass Transition in Polymer Blends, Crystallization in Polymer Blends, Effect of Radiation on Polymer Blends, Polymer Blend Ageing, Degradation Behaviour of Polymer Blends and Thermal Methods for Plastics Waste Treatment, Singular Thermal Behavior of Polystyrene\/Polydimethylsiloxane Blends.\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe first two volumes (of which this is the second) are concerned with the state-of-the-art of composites' development, characteristics of particulate fillers and fibre reinforcements and interface characteristics, main procedures of composites manufacture and their applications.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:12-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:12-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2002","book","degradation of polymer blends","p-chemistry","polymer","polymer blends","polymer composites","properties of polymer blends and composites"],"price":27000,"price_min":27000,"price_max":27000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378399236,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Handbook of Polymer Blends and Composites, Volume 3","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":27000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"1-85957-303-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-85957-303-7.jpg?v=1499471369"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-85957-303-7.jpg?v=1499471369","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":356335911005,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.691,"height":499,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-85957-303-7.jpg?v=1499471369"},"aspect_ratio":0.691,"height":499,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-85957-303-7.jpg?v=1499471369","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Edited by C. Vasile and A.K. Kulshreshtha \u003cbr\u003eISBN 1-85957-303-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe extraordinary growth in the use of plastics in the last century is in response to a growing world population, with its increasing demands for more food, better health care, improved housing and numerous cheaper and abundant consumer products. What is expected of the chemical industry in the 21st century is to produce plastics while being aware of the environment, by reducing waste production, reducing the consumption of materials, reducing the demand for energy, reducing the use of non-renewable resources, and reducing risks, hazards and costs. The topics of this handbook try to answer these questions in a specific way by using simple rules of mixing. Polymer blending is a very useful and versatile strategy for the polymer chemist for designing new materials that potentially fulfill these new 'green' requirements. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis four volume handbook, Handbook of Polymer Blends and Composites is intended to provide an overview of the theory and application of polymer blends and composites. The first two volumes are concerned with the state-of-the-art of composites' development, characteristics of particulate fillers and fibre reinforcements and interface characteristics, main procedures of composites manufacture and their applications. The other two volumes are dedicated to polymer blends. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePractical and theoretical investigations are presented, which are aimed at generating an understanding of the fundamental nature of polymer mixtures and composites and describing progress in the thermodynamics of mixing (both in solution and solid state) of binary and multi-component systems. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be useful to students, researchers, academics, and workers in the industry, who have an interest in polymer blends and composites.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nTerminology, Thermodynamics of Multicomponent Polymer Systems, Phase Behaviour, Interface (Interphase) in Demixed Polymer Systems, Water Soluble Polymer Blends - Phase Behaviour and Complex Formation, Water Soluble Polymer Blends - Applications, Reactive Polymer Blending, Inter-Penetrating Networks, Heterofibres, Glass Transition in Polymer Blends, Crystallization in Polymer Blends, Effect of Radiation on Polymer Blends, Polymer Blend Ageing, Degradation Behaviour of Polymer Blends and Thermal Methods for Plastics Waste Treatment, Singular Thermal Behavior of Polystyrene\/Polydimethylsiloxane Blends.\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe first two volumes (of which this is the second) are concerned with the state-of-the-art of composites' development, characteristics of particulate fillers and fibre reinforcements and interface characteristics, main procedures of composites manufacture and their applications."}
Description Author: D.M. Brewis and I. Mathieson, Loughborough University ISBN 978-1-85957-323-5 pages: 132, figures: 9, tables: 12 Summary Polyolefins have many and varied applications. Polyethylene is the most widely used plastic and olefinic elastomers, such as natural rubber and styrene-butadiene copolymers, predominate in many key components such as tires. Many applications of polyolefins require good adhesion...
$144.00
in stock
{"id":11242229316,"title":"Adhesion and Bonding to Polyolefins","handle":"978-1-85957-323-5","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D.M. Brewis and I. Mathieson, Loughborough University \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-323-5 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages: 132, figures: 9, tables: 12\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolyolefins have many and varied applications. Polyethylene is the most widely used plastic and olefinic elastomers, such as natural rubber and styrene-butadiene copolymers, predominate in many key components such as tires. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany applications of polyolefins require good adhesion to other substrates such as adhesive bonding, lamination, painting, printing, and metallisation. However, polyolefins have very poor bonding properties except where a diffusion mechanism operates, such as during the welding together of two pieces of polyolefin. Theories of adhesion are briefly described. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review discusses ways of improving adhesion to substrates. A variety of pretreatments and primers have been developed for altering the surface properties of polyolefins to enhance adhesion. These include corona discharge, flame and low-pressure plasma treatment for plastics, and the use of a chlorine donor for elastomers. Each method has advantages and disadvantages, which are discussed in this report. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA number of different analytical methods have been used to characterize the surface of polyolefins before and after treatment. These include X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), static secondary ion mass spectrometry (SSIMS) and Fourier transfer infrared spectroscopy (FTIR). These techniques are described and examples of the information obtained are included. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany experiments have been performed globally to investigate ways of improving the bonding of polyolefins. Data from some of the key work on different treatment methods are included, together with a discussion of the effectiveness of the treatments. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis overview is written by two of the most prominent researchers in this field. It is clearly written and will be of use to those in industry and academia who are working on adhesion and bonding to polyolefins, both in practical situations and in the laboratory. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe extensive reference section contains a unique set of abstracts from the Polymer Library at Rapra, including papers on the issues of bonding of polyolefin in composites.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2 Principles \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Theories of Adhesion \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Wettability \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Diffusion \u003cbr\u003e3 Methods Used to Study Surfaces \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e3.2 X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy XPS \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Static Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Reflection IR \u003cbr\u003e4 Pretreatments and Primers for Polyolefin Plastics \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Flame Treatment \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Corona Treatment \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Low-Pressure Plasma Treatment \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Chromic Acid Treatment \u003cbr\u003e5 Polyolefin Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Ethylene-Propylene Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Butyl Rubber \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Unsaturated Hydrocarbon Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Natural Rubber \u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Styrene-Butadiene Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e6 Discussion \u003cbr\u003e7 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe authors are part of the Institute for Surface Science and Technology at Loughborough University. Dr. Brewis has carried out research in the field of polyolefin adhesion over several decades and has published extensively. Dr. Mathieson has recently completed a doctoral thesis on this topic.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:11-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:11-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2002","analytical methods","book","Fourier transfer infrared spectroscopy","FTIR","p-testing","plastic","polymer","polyolefins","SSIMS","static secondary ion mass spectrometry","surface analysis techniques","theories of adhesion","X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy","XPS"],"price":14400,"price_min":14400,"price_max":14400,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378398148,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Adhesion and Bonding to Polyolefins","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14400,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-323-5","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-323-5.jpg?v=1498185165"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-323-5.jpg?v=1498185165","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":350140235869,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-323-5.jpg?v=1498185165"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-323-5.jpg?v=1498185165","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D.M. Brewis and I. Mathieson, Loughborough University \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-323-5 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages: 132, figures: 9, tables: 12\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolyolefins have many and varied applications. Polyethylene is the most widely used plastic and olefinic elastomers, such as natural rubber and styrene-butadiene copolymers, predominate in many key components such as tires. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany applications of polyolefins require good adhesion to other substrates such as adhesive bonding, lamination, painting, printing, and metallisation. However, polyolefins have very poor bonding properties except where a diffusion mechanism operates, such as during the welding together of two pieces of polyolefin. Theories of adhesion are briefly described. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review discusses ways of improving adhesion to substrates. A variety of pretreatments and primers have been developed for altering the surface properties of polyolefins to enhance adhesion. These include corona discharge, flame and low-pressure plasma treatment for plastics, and the use of a chlorine donor for elastomers. Each method has advantages and disadvantages, which are discussed in this report. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA number of different analytical methods have been used to characterize the surface of polyolefins before and after treatment. These include X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), static secondary ion mass spectrometry (SSIMS) and Fourier transfer infrared spectroscopy (FTIR). These techniques are described and examples of the information obtained are included. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany experiments have been performed globally to investigate ways of improving the bonding of polyolefins. Data from some of the key work on different treatment methods are included, together with a discussion of the effectiveness of the treatments. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis overview is written by two of the most prominent researchers in this field. It is clearly written and will be of use to those in industry and academia who are working on adhesion and bonding to polyolefins, both in practical situations and in the laboratory. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe extensive reference section contains a unique set of abstracts from the Polymer Library at Rapra, including papers on the issues of bonding of polyolefin in composites.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2 Principles \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Theories of Adhesion \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Wettability \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Diffusion \u003cbr\u003e3 Methods Used to Study Surfaces \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e3.2 X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy XPS \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Static Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Reflection IR \u003cbr\u003e4 Pretreatments and Primers for Polyolefin Plastics \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Flame Treatment \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Corona Treatment \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Low-Pressure Plasma Treatment \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Chromic Acid Treatment \u003cbr\u003e5 Polyolefin Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Ethylene-Propylene Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Butyl Rubber \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Unsaturated Hydrocarbon Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Natural Rubber \u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Styrene-Butadiene Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e6 Discussion \u003cbr\u003e7 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe authors are part of the Institute for Surface Science and Technology at Loughborough University. Dr. Brewis has carried out research in the field of polyolefin adhesion over several decades and has published extensively. Dr. Mathieson has recently completed a doctoral thesis on this topic."}
Description Author: Stuart G. Patrick ISBN 978-1-85957-472-0 Published: 2004pages: 176 Summary The PVC global market size in 2000 was around 25,400 kt. Pipes and fittings constitute the largest volume application at 36% of the marketplace with profiles at 13%. Thus, PVC is one of the most widely used plastics in the world. This overview covers the basics...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242228996,"title":"PVC Compound and Processing","handle":"978-1-85957-472-0","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Stuart G. Patrick \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-472-0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2004\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages: 176\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe PVC global market size in 2000 was around 25,400 kt. Pipes and fittings constitute the largest volume application at 36% of the marketplace with profiles at 13%. Thus, PVC is one of the most widely used plastics in the world. This overview covers the basics of PVC formulation and processing, while extending the information to include the latest developments in materials and technology. This makes the report accessible and useful to all levels of the industry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC is of low thermal stability and high melt viscosity. Therefore, it is combined with a number of additives to varying properties to suit different end-use applications. PVC formulation is key to processing a success. This review looks at the different additive types available, their uses and new developments. The main groups of additives are: heat stabilisers, plasticisers, impact modifiers, process aids, lubricants, fillers, flame retardants, pigments, blowing agents, biocides, viscosity modifiers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, UV absorbers, antifogging agents and bonding agents. Formulation changes are being driven by legislation banning heavy metals and possible health risks from additives such as phthalate plasticisers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC compounding methods are considered here. There are many different ways of processing PVC: extrusion, calendering, injection moulding, extrusion\/stretch blow moulding, spreading\/coating, rotational moulding, dip moulding and slush moulding. The technology is covered in this report. Fabrication and treatment of PVC are also reviewed, for example, surface modification to enhance biocompatibility and reduce plasticiser migration. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PVC industry has been under intense scrutiny in recent years due to health and environmental safety concerns. The industry has responded proactively to these pressures by reviewing practice and undertaking research into ways of reducing all types of risk. Sustainability issues have also been addressed and many different recycling projects have been set up. The legislation is driving this work forward with EU Directives on such issues as disposal of end-of-life vehicles. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOver 400 references from recent literature are cited in the review, which is accompanied by abstracts from the Rapra Polymer Library database, to facilitate further reading. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Polyvinyl Chloride\u003cbr\u003e1.2 PVC Compounds\u003cbr\u003e1.3 History \u003cbr\u003e2 PVC Industry\u003cbr\u003e2.1 PVC Resin\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Vinyl Chloride Manufacture\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Homopolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Copolymers and Terpolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Chlorinated PVC (CPVC)\u003cbr\u003e2.4 PVC Resin Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Particle Size\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Bulk Powder Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Key Additives\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Processing Techniques\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Industry Outline\u003cbr\u003e2.7.1 PVC Resin Producers\u003cbr\u003e2.7.2 PVC Compounders\u003cbr\u003e2.7.3 Global Market by Application \u003cbr\u003e3 Health and Environmental Aspects of PVC\u003cbr\u003e3.1 VCM and PVC Production\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Phthalates\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Adipates\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Lead Based Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Organotin Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Bisphenol A\/Alkylphenols\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4 Epoxidised Soya Bean Oil (ESBO)\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Waste Management\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Incineration\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Landfill\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Recycling \u003cbr\u003e4 Additives, Formulations, and Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Solid Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Phthalate Alternatives\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Polymeric Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Multifunctional Additives\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Property Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Process Aids\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Impact Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Heat Distortion Temperature Modification\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Modifiers for Semi-Rigid and Plasticised Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Lubricants\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Fillers\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Calcium Carbonate\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Wood Fillers\/Fibres\/Flour Composites\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Glass Beads\/Glass Fibre\u003cbr\u003e4.7.4 Conductive and Magnetic Fillers\u003cbr\u003e4.7.5 Other Fillers\u003cbr\u003e4.7.6 Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Flame Retardants (FR) and Smoke Suppressants (SS)\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Pigments\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Biocides\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.12 Antioxidants and Light Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e4.13 Other Additives for PVC-P\u003cbr\u003e4.13.1 Antistatic Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.13.2 Viscosity Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e4.13.3 Antifogging Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.13.4 Bonding Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.14 Formulations\u003cbr\u003e4.14.1 PVC-U Compounds and Testing\u003cbr\u003e4.14.2 Crosslinked PVC\u003cbr\u003e4.14.3 Medical and Food Contact Use\u003cbr\u003e4.14.4 Membranes \u003cbr\u003e5 Compounding and Processing Technology\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Compounding\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Dry Blend Mixing\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Melt Compounding\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Liquid PVC Blending\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Processing\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Gelation\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Injection Moulding\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4. Extrusion Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Orientation\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Calendering\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Moulding Processes for Plastisols and Pastes \u003cbr\u003e6 Fabrication and Treatment\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Thermoforming\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Surface Modification Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Coatings\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Adhesion \u003cbr\u003e7 PVC and Sustainable Development\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Waste Management\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 PVC Rich Waste - Mechanical Recycling\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 PVC Feedstock Recycling\u003cbr\u003e7.1.3 Incineration\/Energy Recovery \u003cbr\u003e8 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgement\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nStuart Patrick is a Chartered Chemist and a Member of the Royal Society of Chemistry. He is chairman of the PVC Committee of the IOM3. His career has included 23 years in the PVC Additives business of Akzo Nobel\/Akcros Chemicals, where he has been involved in technical services, research, and development. From 2001 to 2003, he was the Global Research and Development Manager. Current projects include sustainability research at IPTME, Loughborough.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:10-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:10-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2004","additives","antioxidants","antistatic","beads","biocides","blow moulding","blowing agents","book","calcium carbonate","calendering","coating","composites","compounds","conductive","extrusion","fibres","fillers","flame retardants","glass","injection moulding","magnetic","melt","modifiers","nanocomposites","orientation","p-chemistry","phthalate","pigments","plasticisers","plasticizers","polymer","polymeric","process aids","processing","PVC","smoke suppressants","stabilisers","stability","viscosity","waste","wood"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378397956,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PVC Compound and Processing","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-472-0","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-472-0.jpg?v=1499953830"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-472-0.jpg?v=1499953830","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358726664285,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-472-0.jpg?v=1499953830"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-472-0.jpg?v=1499953830","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Stuart G. Patrick \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-472-0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2004\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages: 176\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe PVC global market size in 2000 was around 25,400 kt. Pipes and fittings constitute the largest volume application at 36% of the marketplace with profiles at 13%. Thus, PVC is one of the most widely used plastics in the world. This overview covers the basics of PVC formulation and processing, while extending the information to include the latest developments in materials and technology. This makes the report accessible and useful to all levels of the industry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC is of low thermal stability and high melt viscosity. Therefore, it is combined with a number of additives to varying properties to suit different end-use applications. PVC formulation is key to processing a success. This review looks at the different additive types available, their uses and new developments. The main groups of additives are: heat stabilisers, plasticisers, impact modifiers, process aids, lubricants, fillers, flame retardants, pigments, blowing agents, biocides, viscosity modifiers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, UV absorbers, antifogging agents and bonding agents. Formulation changes are being driven by legislation banning heavy metals and possible health risks from additives such as phthalate plasticisers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC compounding methods are considered here. There are many different ways of processing PVC: extrusion, calendering, injection moulding, extrusion\/stretch blow moulding, spreading\/coating, rotational moulding, dip moulding and slush moulding. The technology is covered in this report. Fabrication and treatment of PVC are also reviewed, for example, surface modification to enhance biocompatibility and reduce plasticiser migration. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PVC industry has been under intense scrutiny in recent years due to health and environmental safety concerns. The industry has responded proactively to these pressures by reviewing practice and undertaking research into ways of reducing all types of risk. Sustainability issues have also been addressed and many different recycling projects have been set up. The legislation is driving this work forward with EU Directives on such issues as disposal of end-of-life vehicles. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOver 400 references from recent literature are cited in the review, which is accompanied by abstracts from the Rapra Polymer Library database, to facilitate further reading. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Polyvinyl Chloride\u003cbr\u003e1.2 PVC Compounds\u003cbr\u003e1.3 History \u003cbr\u003e2 PVC Industry\u003cbr\u003e2.1 PVC Resin\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Vinyl Chloride Manufacture\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Homopolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Copolymers and Terpolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Chlorinated PVC (CPVC)\u003cbr\u003e2.4 PVC Resin Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Particle Size\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Bulk Powder Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Key Additives\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Processing Techniques\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Industry Outline\u003cbr\u003e2.7.1 PVC Resin Producers\u003cbr\u003e2.7.2 PVC Compounders\u003cbr\u003e2.7.3 Global Market by Application \u003cbr\u003e3 Health and Environmental Aspects of PVC\u003cbr\u003e3.1 VCM and PVC Production\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Phthalates\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Adipates\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Lead Based Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Organotin Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Bisphenol A\/Alkylphenols\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4 Epoxidised Soya Bean Oil (ESBO)\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Waste Management\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Incineration\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Landfill\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Recycling \u003cbr\u003e4 Additives, Formulations, and Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Solid Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Phthalate Alternatives\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Polymeric Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Multifunctional Additives\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Property Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Process Aids\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Impact Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Heat Distortion Temperature Modification\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Modifiers for Semi-Rigid and Plasticised Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Lubricants\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Fillers\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Calcium Carbonate\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Wood Fillers\/Fibres\/Flour Composites\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Glass Beads\/Glass Fibre\u003cbr\u003e4.7.4 Conductive and Magnetic Fillers\u003cbr\u003e4.7.5 Other Fillers\u003cbr\u003e4.7.6 Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Flame Retardants (FR) and Smoke Suppressants (SS)\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Pigments\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Biocides\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.12 Antioxidants and Light Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e4.13 Other Additives for PVC-P\u003cbr\u003e4.13.1 Antistatic Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.13.2 Viscosity Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e4.13.3 Antifogging Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.13.4 Bonding Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.14 Formulations\u003cbr\u003e4.14.1 PVC-U Compounds and Testing\u003cbr\u003e4.14.2 Crosslinked PVC\u003cbr\u003e4.14.3 Medical and Food Contact Use\u003cbr\u003e4.14.4 Membranes \u003cbr\u003e5 Compounding and Processing Technology\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Compounding\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Dry Blend Mixing\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Melt Compounding\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Liquid PVC Blending\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Processing\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Gelation\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Injection Moulding\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4. Extrusion Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Orientation\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Calendering\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Moulding Processes for Plastisols and Pastes \u003cbr\u003e6 Fabrication and Treatment\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Thermoforming\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Surface Modification Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Coatings\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Adhesion \u003cbr\u003e7 PVC and Sustainable Development\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Waste Management\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 PVC Rich Waste - Mechanical Recycling\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 PVC Feedstock Recycling\u003cbr\u003e7.1.3 Incineration\/Energy Recovery \u003cbr\u003e8 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgement\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nStuart Patrick is a Chartered Chemist and a Member of the Royal Society of Chemistry. He is chairman of the PVC Committee of the IOM3. His career has included 23 years in the PVC Additives business of Akzo Nobel\/Akcros Chemicals, where he has been involved in technical services, research, and development. From 2001 to 2003, he was the Global Research and Development Manager. Current projects include sustainability research at IPTME, Loughborough.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: S. Patrick ISBN 978-1-85957-511-6 Published: 2005Pages 162 Summary Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) has been around since the late part of the 19th century, although it was not produced commercially until the 1920s; it is the second largest consumed plastic material after polyethylene. PVC products can be rigid or flexible, opaque or transparent, coloured, and insulating...
$90.00
in stock
{"id":11242228932,"title":"Practical Guide to Polyvinyl Chloride","handle":"978-1-85957-511-6","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: S. Patrick \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-511-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2005\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages 162\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolyvinyl chloride (PVC) has been around since the late part of the 19th century, although it was not produced commercially until the 1920s; it is the second largest consumed plastic material after polyethylene. PVC products can be rigid or flexible, opaque or transparent, coloured, and insulating or conducting. There is not just one PVC but a whole family of products tailor-made to suit the needs of each application. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra's Practical Guide to PVC is packed with information for everyone working with PVC. It provides a comprehensive background on the resins and additives, their properties and processing characteristics, as well as discussion of product design and development issues. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC is extremely cost effective in comparison to other plastics with a high degree of versatility in end-use and processing possibilities, as the reader will note from this book. It is durable, easily maintained, and can be produced in a large range of colours. As a result, PVC finds use in an extensive range of applications in virtually all areas of human activity, including medical equipment, construction applications such as flexible roof membranes, pipes and window profiles, toys, automotive parts and electrical cabling. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PVC industry has also started to tackle some of its end-of-life issues. \u003cbr\u003eThere have been, and still are, issues and perceptions over environmental and health acceptance covering vinyl chloride monomer, dioxins, phthalate plasticisers, and lead (and cadmium) based heat stabilisers and these are discussed in depth in this book. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be of interest to raw materials suppliers and processors or end-users of PVC, as well as anyone with a general interest in this versatile material: resins and additives properties and testing design issues processing, including post processing and assembly property enhancement sustainable development.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 INTRODUCTION\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e1.2 History\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Major Advantages and Limitations\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Major Advantages\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Limitations\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Applications\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Competitive Materials\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Market Share and Consumption Trend\u003cbr\u003e1.7 Industry Outline and Major Suppliers\u003cbr\u003e1.8 Material Pricing\u003cbr\u003e1.9 Safety, Health, and Environmental Issues\u003cbr\u003e1.9.1 Phthalate Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e1.9.2 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e1.9.3 Bisphenol A\/Alkylphenols\u003cbr\u003e1.9.4 Epoxidised Soya Bean Oil (ESBO)\u003cbr\u003e1.9.5 Green Product Procurement Policies\/Eco-labelling\u003cbr\u003e1.9.6 End-of-life Issues\u003cbr\u003e1.9.7 Fire Performance \u003cbr\u003e2 PVC RESINS\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Raw Starting Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Vinyl Chloride Manufacture\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Polymerisation\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Homopolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Copolymers and Terpolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Chlorinated PVC (C-PVC)\u003cbr\u003e2.4 PVC Resin Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Particle Size\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Bulk Powder Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Porosity\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Storage and Transportation\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Role of Additives\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Identification \u003cbr\u003e3 PVC ADDITIVES\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Solid Form\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Liquid Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 PVC\/Plasticiser Compatibility\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Plasticisation Process\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Plasticiser Influence on Physical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Plasticiser Choice and Selection\u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Plasticiser Types\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Impact Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Process Aids\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Lubricants\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Fillers\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Calcium Carbonate\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Other Fillers\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Flame Retardants (FR) and Smoke Suppressants (SS)\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.1 Titanium Dioxide (TiO2)\u003cbr\u003e3.8.2 Other Inorganic Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.3 Organic Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.4 Pigment Concentrates and Masterbatches\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Microbiocides\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Antioxidants and Light Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Other PVC-P Additives\u003cbr\u003e3.12.1 Antistatic Agents\u003cbr\u003e3.12.2 Viscosity and Rheology Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e3.12.3 Bonding Agents\/Adhesion Promoters \u003cbr\u003e4 TESTING AND PROPERTIES\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Density\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Water Absorption\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Hardness\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Flexural Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Impact Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5 Fatigue\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Heat Deflection Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Vicat Softening Point\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Linear Expansion Coefficient\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Specific Heat Capacity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.6 Cold Flex Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Volume Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Dielectric Constant or Relative Permittivity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Loss Modulus or Dissipation Factor\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Breakdown Voltage or Dielectric Strength\u003cbr\u003e4.5.5 Arc Resistance\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Fire Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.6.1 Self-ignition Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.6.2 Flame Ignition Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.6.3 Limiting Oxygen Index (LOI)\u003cbr\u003e4.6.4 NBS Cone Calorimeter\u003cbr\u003e4.6.5 Smoke Evolution\u003cbr\u003e4.6.6 Fire Performance of PVC\u003cbr\u003e4.6.7 Fire Testing in the EU\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Transparency\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Gloss Level\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Colour\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Surface Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.8.1 Abrasion Resistance\u003cbr\u003e4.8.2 Surface Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Biological Behaviour\u003cbr\u003e4.9.1 Assessment under Food and Water Legislation\u003cbr\u003e4.9.2 Assessment under Medical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e4.9.3 Sterilisation\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Resistance to Micro-organisms\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Performance in Service\u003cbr\u003e4.11.1 Maximum Continuous Use Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.11.2 Stability to Light, UV Radiation, and Weathering\u003cbr\u003e4.11.4 Permeability \u003cbr\u003e5 DESIGN\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Design Considerations for PVC-U Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Pipe\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Exterior Construction Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Interior Construction Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Design Considerations for PVC-P Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Electrical Cable\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Resilient Flooring\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Wall Covering\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Roofing Membranes\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Coated Metal\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Toys and Baby Care Items\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Safety and Personal Protection\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 Automotive and Transport\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 Advertising Banners \u003cbr\u003e6 PROCESSING OF PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Dry Blend Mixing\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 High Intensity\u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Low Intensity\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Liquid PVC Blending\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Gelation\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Melt Processing\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Melt Compounding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Injection Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Extrusion Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Calendering\u003cbr\u003e6.8 Plastisol Moulding Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.8.1 Rheology\u003cbr\u003e6.8.2 Spreading or Coating\u003cbr\u003e6.8.3 Rotational, Slush, and Dip Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.9 Powder Moulding Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.9.1 Fluidised Bed \u003cbr\u003e7 PROPERTY ENHANCEMENT OF PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Crosslinked PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Chemical Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Irradiation Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Orientation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Pipe\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Sheet\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Blends and Alloys\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Flexibilisers\/Internal Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Ultrahigh Molecular Weight (UHMW) PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e7.4.1 Melt Intercalation\u003cbr\u003e7.4.2 Solvent Method\u003cbr\u003e7.4.3 In Situ Polymerisation\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Wood Composites \u003cbr\u003e8 POST-PROCESSING AND ASSEMBLY\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Post-processing\u003cbr\u003e8.1.1 Thermoforming\u003cbr\u003e8.1.2 Printing and Coating\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Assembly Techniques\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Welding\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Adhesion\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Mechanical Assembly\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Machining, Cutting, and Fastening \u003cbr\u003e9 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Environmental Attack and Response\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Vinyl 2010\/Chlorine Industry Sustainability Commitments\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Chlorine Generation\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 PVC Production Industry Charters\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Conversion with Additives\u003cbr\u003e9.3 End of Life and Waste Management\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 PVC-rich Waste: Mechanical Recycling\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 PVC Feedstock Recycling\u003cbr\u003e9.3.3 Incineration\/Energy Recovery\u003cbr\u003e9.3.4 Controlled Landfill\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Life Cycle Assessments\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Eco-profiles\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Social Factors \u003cbr\u003e10 CAUSES OF FAILURE\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nStuart Patrick has worked extensively in the PVC and additives business and been involved in both market and technical developments in this competitive field. Before retirement, he was Global R\u0026amp;D Manager with Akzo Nobel \/ Akcros Chemicals. He is now utilising his experience as a part-time lecturer at IPTME, Loughborough University and as a coordinator for a Research Network established to improve the sustainable use of PVC. Stuart is a Fellow Institute of Materials, Minerals, and Mining, Chartered Scientist, Chartered Chemist, Member of the Royal Society of Chemistry.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:09-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:09-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2005","A\/Alkylphenols","additives","afety","bisphenol","blow molding","blow moulding","book","calendering","environmental","epoxidised","ESBO","extrusion","fillers","health","injection molding","injection moulding","molecular weight","p-chemistry","particle","phthalate","pipe","plasticisers","plasticizers","plastics","polymer","polyvinyl chloride","porosity","powder","pvc","resines","rheology","sheet","soya bean oil","storage","transportation"],"price":9000,"price_min":9000,"price_max":9000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378397700,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Practical Guide to Polyvinyl Chloride","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":9000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-511-6","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-511-6.jpg?v=1499953592"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-511-6.jpg?v=1499953592","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358719488093,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-511-6.jpg?v=1499953592"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-511-6.jpg?v=1499953592","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: S. Patrick \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-511-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2005\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages 162\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolyvinyl chloride (PVC) has been around since the late part of the 19th century, although it was not produced commercially until the 1920s; it is the second largest consumed plastic material after polyethylene. PVC products can be rigid or flexible, opaque or transparent, coloured, and insulating or conducting. There is not just one PVC but a whole family of products tailor-made to suit the needs of each application. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra's Practical Guide to PVC is packed with information for everyone working with PVC. It provides a comprehensive background on the resins and additives, their properties and processing characteristics, as well as discussion of product design and development issues. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC is extremely cost effective in comparison to other plastics with a high degree of versatility in end-use and processing possibilities, as the reader will note from this book. It is durable, easily maintained, and can be produced in a large range of colours. As a result, PVC finds use in an extensive range of applications in virtually all areas of human activity, including medical equipment, construction applications such as flexible roof membranes, pipes and window profiles, toys, automotive parts and electrical cabling. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PVC industry has also started to tackle some of its end-of-life issues. \u003cbr\u003eThere have been, and still are, issues and perceptions over environmental and health acceptance covering vinyl chloride monomer, dioxins, phthalate plasticisers, and lead (and cadmium) based heat stabilisers and these are discussed in depth in this book. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be of interest to raw materials suppliers and processors or end-users of PVC, as well as anyone with a general interest in this versatile material: resins and additives properties and testing design issues processing, including post processing and assembly property enhancement sustainable development.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 INTRODUCTION\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e1.2 History\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Major Advantages and Limitations\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Major Advantages\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Limitations\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Applications\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Competitive Materials\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Market Share and Consumption Trend\u003cbr\u003e1.7 Industry Outline and Major Suppliers\u003cbr\u003e1.8 Material Pricing\u003cbr\u003e1.9 Safety, Health, and Environmental Issues\u003cbr\u003e1.9.1 Phthalate Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e1.9.2 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e1.9.3 Bisphenol A\/Alkylphenols\u003cbr\u003e1.9.4 Epoxidised Soya Bean Oil (ESBO)\u003cbr\u003e1.9.5 Green Product Procurement Policies\/Eco-labelling\u003cbr\u003e1.9.6 End-of-life Issues\u003cbr\u003e1.9.7 Fire Performance \u003cbr\u003e2 PVC RESINS\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Raw Starting Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Vinyl Chloride Manufacture\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Polymerisation\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Homopolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Copolymers and Terpolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Chlorinated PVC (C-PVC)\u003cbr\u003e2.4 PVC Resin Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Particle Size\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Bulk Powder Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Porosity\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Storage and Transportation\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Role of Additives\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Identification \u003cbr\u003e3 PVC ADDITIVES\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Solid Form\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Liquid Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 PVC\/Plasticiser Compatibility\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Plasticisation Process\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Plasticiser Influence on Physical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Plasticiser Choice and Selection\u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Plasticiser Types\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Impact Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Process Aids\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Lubricants\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Fillers\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Calcium Carbonate\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Other Fillers\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Flame Retardants (FR) and Smoke Suppressants (SS)\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.1 Titanium Dioxide (TiO2)\u003cbr\u003e3.8.2 Other Inorganic Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.3 Organic Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.4 Pigment Concentrates and Masterbatches\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Microbiocides\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Antioxidants and Light Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Other PVC-P Additives\u003cbr\u003e3.12.1 Antistatic Agents\u003cbr\u003e3.12.2 Viscosity and Rheology Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e3.12.3 Bonding Agents\/Adhesion Promoters \u003cbr\u003e4 TESTING AND PROPERTIES\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Density\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Water Absorption\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Hardness\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Flexural Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Impact Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5 Fatigue\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Heat Deflection Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Vicat Softening Point\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Linear Expansion Coefficient\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Specific Heat Capacity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.6 Cold Flex Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Volume Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Dielectric Constant or Relative Permittivity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Loss Modulus or Dissipation Factor\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Breakdown Voltage or Dielectric Strength\u003cbr\u003e4.5.5 Arc Resistance\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Fire Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.6.1 Self-ignition Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.6.2 Flame Ignition Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.6.3 Limiting Oxygen Index (LOI)\u003cbr\u003e4.6.4 NBS Cone Calorimeter\u003cbr\u003e4.6.5 Smoke Evolution\u003cbr\u003e4.6.6 Fire Performance of PVC\u003cbr\u003e4.6.7 Fire Testing in the EU\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Transparency\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Gloss Level\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Colour\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Surface Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.8.1 Abrasion Resistance\u003cbr\u003e4.8.2 Surface Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Biological Behaviour\u003cbr\u003e4.9.1 Assessment under Food and Water Legislation\u003cbr\u003e4.9.2 Assessment under Medical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e4.9.3 Sterilisation\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Resistance to Micro-organisms\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Performance in Service\u003cbr\u003e4.11.1 Maximum Continuous Use Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.11.2 Stability to Light, UV Radiation, and Weathering\u003cbr\u003e4.11.4 Permeability \u003cbr\u003e5 DESIGN\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Design Considerations for PVC-U Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Pipe\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Exterior Construction Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Interior Construction Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Design Considerations for PVC-P Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Electrical Cable\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Resilient Flooring\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Wall Covering\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Roofing Membranes\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Coated Metal\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Toys and Baby Care Items\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Safety and Personal Protection\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 Automotive and Transport\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 Advertising Banners \u003cbr\u003e6 PROCESSING OF PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Dry Blend Mixing\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 High Intensity\u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Low Intensity\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Liquid PVC Blending\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Gelation\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Melt Processing\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Melt Compounding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Injection Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Extrusion Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Calendering\u003cbr\u003e6.8 Plastisol Moulding Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.8.1 Rheology\u003cbr\u003e6.8.2 Spreading or Coating\u003cbr\u003e6.8.3 Rotational, Slush, and Dip Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.9 Powder Moulding Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.9.1 Fluidised Bed \u003cbr\u003e7 PROPERTY ENHANCEMENT OF PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Crosslinked PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Chemical Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Irradiation Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Orientation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Pipe\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Sheet\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Blends and Alloys\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Flexibilisers\/Internal Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Ultrahigh Molecular Weight (UHMW) PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e7.4.1 Melt Intercalation\u003cbr\u003e7.4.2 Solvent Method\u003cbr\u003e7.4.3 In Situ Polymerisation\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Wood Composites \u003cbr\u003e8 POST-PROCESSING AND ASSEMBLY\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Post-processing\u003cbr\u003e8.1.1 Thermoforming\u003cbr\u003e8.1.2 Printing and Coating\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Assembly Techniques\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Welding\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Adhesion\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Mechanical Assembly\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Machining, Cutting, and Fastening \u003cbr\u003e9 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Environmental Attack and Response\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Vinyl 2010\/Chlorine Industry Sustainability Commitments\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Chlorine Generation\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 PVC Production Industry Charters\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Conversion with Additives\u003cbr\u003e9.3 End of Life and Waste Management\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 PVC-rich Waste: Mechanical Recycling\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 PVC Feedstock Recycling\u003cbr\u003e9.3.3 Incineration\/Energy Recovery\u003cbr\u003e9.3.4 Controlled Landfill\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Life Cycle Assessments\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Eco-profiles\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Social Factors \u003cbr\u003e10 CAUSES OF FAILURE\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nStuart Patrick has worked extensively in the PVC and additives business and been involved in both market and technical developments in this competitive field. Before retirement, he was Global R\u0026amp;D Manager with Akzo Nobel \/ Akcros Chemicals. He is now utilising his experience as a part-time lecturer at IPTME, Loughborough University and as a coordinator for a Research Network established to improve the sustainable use of PVC. Stuart is a Fellow Institute of Materials, Minerals, and Mining, Chartered Scientist, Chartered Chemist, Member of the Royal Society of Chemistry."}
Description Author: Steven M. Kurtz ISBN 978-1-4377-4463-7 306 pages Summary PEEK biomaterials are currently used in thousands of spinal fusion patients around the world every year. Durability, biocompatibility and excellent resistance to aggressive sterilization procedures make PEEK a polymer of choice replacing metal in orthopedic implants, from spinal implants and hip replacements to finger joints and...
$180.00
in stock
{"id":11242228740,"title":"PEEK Biomaterials Handbook","handle":"978-1-4377-4463-7","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Steven M. Kurtz \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-4377-4463-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e306 pages\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPEEK biomaterials are currently used in thousands of spinal fusion patients around the world every year. Durability, biocompatibility and excellent resistance to aggressive sterilization procedures make PEEK a polymer of choice replacing metal in orthopedic implants, from spinal implants and hip replacements to finger joints and dental implants.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Handbook brings together experts in many different facets related to PEEK clinical performance as well as in the areas of materials science, tribology, and biology to provide a complete reference for specialists in the field of plastics, biomaterials, medical device design and surgical applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteven Kurtz, the author of the well respected UHMWPE Biomaterials Handbook and Director of the Implant Research Center at Drexel University, has developed a one-stop reference covering the processing and blending of PEEK, its properties and biotribology, and the expanding range of medical implants using PEEK: spinal implants, hip and knee replacement, etc.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPART 1: PEEK Foundations, properties, and behavior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction to PAEK Biomaterials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2. Processing of PEEK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3. Blending and PEEK Composites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4. Morphology and Crystalline Architecture of Polyaryletherketones\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5. Static Mechanical Behavior of PEEK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6. Fatigue and Fracture Behavior of PEEK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7. Chemical and Radiation Stability of PEEK: Implications for Device Sterilization\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePART 2: Bioactive PEEK Materials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8. Biocompatibility of PEEK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9. Microbial Properties of PEEK Biomaterials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10. Thermal Plasma Spray Deposition of Titanium and Hydroxyapatite on PEEK Implants \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11. Plasma Surface Treatment of PEEK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12. HA\/PEEK Biocomposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e13. Porosity in PEEK Marcus\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePART 3: PEEK Applications in Medical Devices\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14. Development and Clinical Performance of PEEK Intervertebral Cages\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15. PEEK Biomaterials for Posterior Dynamic Stabilization of the Spine\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e16. PEEK Research for Trauma and Arthroscopy Applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17. Development and Clinical Performance of PEEK Composite Hip Stems\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18. Total Joint Arthroplasty Bearing Surfaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e19. Tribology of PEEK Biomaterials for Artificial Discs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20. FDA Regulation of PEEK Implants\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSteven M. Kurtz, Ph.D., Director, Implant Research Center and Associate Professor, Drexel University; Research Assistant Professor, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA, USA","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:08-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:09-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2012","biocompatibility","biocomposite","biomaterials","blending","book","composites","implants","material","medical devices","morphology","PEEK","plasma","reference","regulations","sterilization","tribology"],"price":18000,"price_min":18000,"price_max":18000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378397252,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PEEK Biomaterials Handbook","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":18000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-4377-4463-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-4377-4463-7.jpg?v=1499952039"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-4377-4463-7.jpg?v=1499952039","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358529564765,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-4377-4463-7.jpg?v=1499952039"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-4377-4463-7.jpg?v=1499952039","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Steven M. Kurtz \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-4377-4463-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e306 pages\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPEEK biomaterials are currently used in thousands of spinal fusion patients around the world every year. Durability, biocompatibility and excellent resistance to aggressive sterilization procedures make PEEK a polymer of choice replacing metal in orthopedic implants, from spinal implants and hip replacements to finger joints and dental implants.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Handbook brings together experts in many different facets related to PEEK clinical performance as well as in the areas of materials science, tribology, and biology to provide a complete reference for specialists in the field of plastics, biomaterials, medical device design and surgical applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteven Kurtz, the author of the well respected UHMWPE Biomaterials Handbook and Director of the Implant Research Center at Drexel University, has developed a one-stop reference covering the processing and blending of PEEK, its properties and biotribology, and the expanding range of medical implants using PEEK: spinal implants, hip and knee replacement, etc.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPART 1: PEEK Foundations, properties, and behavior\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction to PAEK Biomaterials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2. Processing of PEEK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3. Blending and PEEK Composites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4. Morphology and Crystalline Architecture of Polyaryletherketones\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5. Static Mechanical Behavior of PEEK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6. Fatigue and Fracture Behavior of PEEK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7. Chemical and Radiation Stability of PEEK: Implications for Device Sterilization\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePART 2: Bioactive PEEK Materials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8. Biocompatibility of PEEK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9. Microbial Properties of PEEK Biomaterials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10. Thermal Plasma Spray Deposition of Titanium and Hydroxyapatite on PEEK Implants \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11. Plasma Surface Treatment of PEEK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12. HA\/PEEK Biocomposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e13. Porosity in PEEK Marcus\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePART 3: PEEK Applications in Medical Devices\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14. Development and Clinical Performance of PEEK Intervertebral Cages\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15. PEEK Biomaterials for Posterior Dynamic Stabilization of the Spine\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e16. PEEK Research for Trauma and Arthroscopy Applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e17. Development and Clinical Performance of PEEK Composite Hip Stems\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18. Total Joint Arthroplasty Bearing Surfaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e19. Tribology of PEEK Biomaterials for Artificial Discs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20. FDA Regulation of PEEK Implants\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSteven M. Kurtz, Ph.D., Director, Implant Research Center and Associate Professor, Drexel University; Research Assistant Professor, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA, USA"}
Description Author: Stuart Fairgrieve ISBN 978-1-84735-089-3 Rapra Review ReportVol. 16, No. 9, Report 189Soft-backed, 297 x 210 mm Summary Linear polyamides are one of the more important classes of polymeric materials, with wide application in the fields of fibres and plastics. In general, these polymers may be synthesised in one of two ways, either by the...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242228804,"title":"Degradation and Stabilisation of Polyamides","handle":"978-1-84735-089-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Stuart Fairgrieve \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-089-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Review Report\u003cbr\u003eVol. 16, No. 9, Report 189\u003cbr\u003eSoft-backed, 297 x 210 mm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nLinear polyamides are one of the more important classes of polymeric materials, with wide application in the fields of fibres and plastics. In general, these polymers may be synthesised in one of two ways, either by the reaction of dicarboxylic acids (or their derivatives) with diamines, or from specific amino acids or their cyclic derivatives the lactams. These two approaches result in two types of polyamides. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe polyamides are usually referred to as condensation polymers. The polyamides thus differ markedly in their manufacturing process from the polymerisation methods used to manufacture addition polymers such as styrenics and polyolefins. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe properties of polyamides when fabricated into articles of manufacture are considerably affected by the amount of crystallinity present. Unlike other polymer classes, the degree of crystallinity of the polyamides can vary by as much as 40%, depending on how the fabrication is carried out. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA great deal of research has been carried out into the degradation of PA, but the materials and test conditions used vary tremendously, even for a single polymer such as Nylon 6, therefore it is not really surprising that many such studies differ considerably in both results and in their interpretation. This report looks at some of the methods used to stabilise the polyamides and also examines how they degrade and how this can be prevented by stabilising the molecule. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review will be of interest to everyone who works with or studies polyamides. It is accompanied by around 400 abstracts compiled from the Polymer Library, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1. Background\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Degradation\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Thermal Degradation \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Thermal Oxidation \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Photolysis \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Photooxidation \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Hydrolysis \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Deliberate Degradation \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Stabilisation\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Metal-Based Stabilisers \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Hindered Phenols \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Aromatic Amines \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Hindered Amines \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Miscellaneous \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Comments\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. Additional References \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6. Abbreviations and Acronyms\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReferences from the Polymer Library Database \u003cbr\u003eSubject Index \u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nStuart Fairgrieve entered the field of polymers and plastics with Nairn Floors, Kirkcaldy, working on PVC plastisols. Leaving to attend St. Andrews University, he was awarded an Honours degree in Chemistry, and went on to carry out academic research at the same institution. He obtained a M.Sc. in Polymer Chemistry and subsequently a Ph.D. in Polymer Physics. He entered industrial research with Cookson Group plc, becoming senior researcher in plastics with the central research organisation of this company. In 1996, he set up SPF Polymer Consultants. He is the author of a number of academic papers, and the principal inventor of various current US patents.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:09-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:09-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2008","book","crystallinity","degradation","fibers","hindered","oxidation","p-properties","photholyses","polyamides","polymer","polyolefines","stabilisation","stabilisers","stabilization","stabilizers","thermal"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378397316,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Degradation and Stabilisation of Polyamides","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-089-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-089-3.jpg?v=1499213084"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-089-3.jpg?v=1499213084","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":353970946141,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-089-3.jpg?v=1499213084"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-089-3.jpg?v=1499213084","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Stuart Fairgrieve \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-089-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Review Report\u003cbr\u003eVol. 16, No. 9, Report 189\u003cbr\u003eSoft-backed, 297 x 210 mm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nLinear polyamides are one of the more important classes of polymeric materials, with wide application in the fields of fibres and plastics. In general, these polymers may be synthesised in one of two ways, either by the reaction of dicarboxylic acids (or their derivatives) with diamines, or from specific amino acids or their cyclic derivatives the lactams. These two approaches result in two types of polyamides. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe polyamides are usually referred to as condensation polymers. The polyamides thus differ markedly in their manufacturing process from the polymerisation methods used to manufacture addition polymers such as styrenics and polyolefins. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe properties of polyamides when fabricated into articles of manufacture are considerably affected by the amount of crystallinity present. Unlike other polymer classes, the degree of crystallinity of the polyamides can vary by as much as 40%, depending on how the fabrication is carried out. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA great deal of research has been carried out into the degradation of PA, but the materials and test conditions used vary tremendously, even for a single polymer such as Nylon 6, therefore it is not really surprising that many such studies differ considerably in both results and in their interpretation. This report looks at some of the methods used to stabilise the polyamides and also examines how they degrade and how this can be prevented by stabilising the molecule. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review will be of interest to everyone who works with or studies polyamides. It is accompanied by around 400 abstracts compiled from the Polymer Library, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1. Background\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Degradation\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Thermal Degradation \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Thermal Oxidation \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Photolysis \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Photooxidation \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Hydrolysis \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Deliberate Degradation \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Stabilisation\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Metal-Based Stabilisers \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Hindered Phenols \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Aromatic Amines \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Hindered Amines \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Miscellaneous \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Comments\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. Additional References \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6. Abbreviations and Acronyms\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReferences from the Polymer Library Database \u003cbr\u003eSubject Index \u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nStuart Fairgrieve entered the field of polymers and plastics with Nairn Floors, Kirkcaldy, working on PVC plastisols. Leaving to attend St. Andrews University, he was awarded an Honours degree in Chemistry, and went on to carry out academic research at the same institution. He obtained a M.Sc. in Polymer Chemistry and subsequently a Ph.D. in Polymer Physics. He entered industrial research with Cookson Group plc, becoming senior researcher in plastics with the central research organisation of this company. In 1996, he set up SPF Polymer Consultants. He is the author of a number of academic papers, and the principal inventor of various current US patents."}
Description Author: Sidney H. Goodman ISBN 0-8155-1421-2 Pages: 525, Figures: 160, Tables: 165 Summary The Handbook of Thermoset Plastics is specifically aimed to help engineers, chemists, physicists, and students who need general, as well as technical, details concerning everything from historical data and terminology to highly specific curing and staging data. It is written so that...
$145.00
in stock
{"id":11242228548,"title":"Handbook of Thermoset Plastics, Second Edition","handle":"0-8155-1421-2","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Sidney H. Goodman \u003cbr\u003eISBN 0-8155-1421-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages: 525, Figures: 160, Tables: 165\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe Handbook of Thermoset Plastics is specifically aimed to help engineers, chemists, physicists, and students who need general, as well as technical, details concerning everything from historical data and terminology to highly specific curing and staging data. It is written so that both non-specialists and specialists can follow along easily while making available in-depth data for those who wish to expand their knowledge into new areas of expertise.\u003cbr\u003eThe thermoset plastics technology has increasingly become important to designers and users who work in specialty applications. Everything from toys to medical devices, and from automotive to sports and recreation products, are being manufactured using thermoset plastics. An increased understanding of thermoset plastics technology and processes has broadened their use exponentially over the last few years. In fact, the importance and contributions of unsaturated polyesters, urethanes, and epoxy thermosets have driven unprecedented sales and production figures that approach the definition of commodity materials.\u003cbr\u003eAs a survey of the technology, the handbook provides the reader with the practical implications of crosslinking, as well as establishing relationships between time, temperature, and mass often ignored in the general overviews allotted to thermoset plastics in other handbooks. The Handbook of Thermoset Plastics offers the complete collection of general and technical details available on this important subject.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction (history, definitions, crosslinking and curing, the influence of time, temperature, and mass, shelflife and pot life, curing, staging, stoichiometric considerations, prepolymerization and adducting). \u003cbr\u003e2. Phenol-formaldehyde (introduction, raw materials, resinification (production) of phenol-formaldehyde resins, phenolic resins in friction materials, phenolic resins trade names and manufacturers).\u003cbr\u003e3. Amino and furan resins (introduction, raw materials, amino resins, furan resins, properties of amino and furan resins, trade names).\u003cbr\u003e4. Unsaturated polyester and vinyl ester resins (unsaturated polyesters, vinyl ester resins, compounding of unsaturated polyester and vinyl ester resins, applicable manufacturing processes, recent developments, trade names and manufacturers of unsaturated polyester and vinyl esters).\u003cbr\u003e5. Allyls (introduction, chemistry, polymerization and processing, formulation, properties, applications).\u003cbr\u003e6. Epoxy resins (introduction, resin types, curatives and crosslinking reactions, alkaline curing agents, acid curing agents, formulation principles, properties, applications).\u003cbr\u003e7. Thermoset polyurethanes (introduction, environmental regulation and its impact on polyurethane technology, modification of amines for reaction with isocyanates, recent developments, amines, water-borne polyurethanes, catalysts, diisocyanates).\u003cbr\u003e8. High performance polyimidides and related thermoset polymers; past, present development, and future research (historical perspective, polyimides from condensation reactions, thermoplastic polyimides, addition-curable polyimides and other polymers, nadimide-terminated thermosetting polyimides, maleimide-terminated thermosetting polyimides, cyanate-terminated thermosetting polymers, high temperature thermosetting resins based on phthalonitrile, acetylene-terminated thermosetting polymers, propargyl-terminated oligomers, phenylethynyl-terminated thermosetting polymers, applicability of thermoset isoimides\/imides to resin transfer molding processing, application of high-performance polymers to improve galvanic corrosion of imide-based compounds, future demands in ultrahigh temperature resistant polymers, chemical structures suitable for ultrahigh temperature use, novel cross-linking mechanisms for stability at ultrahigh temperatures, polymer-ceramic materials).\u003cbr\u003e9. Silicones (introduction, silicone fluids, silicone rubbers, room-temperature-vulcanizing silicones, heat cured systems, silicone laminates, government specifications for silicone products).\u003cbr\u003e10. Crosslinked thermoplastics (introduction, crosslinking of thermoplastics, effects of crosslinking of the polymer, chemical crosslinking, rotational molding, post-irradiation effects, acrylates, trade names).\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSidney H. Goodman is a Senior Staff\/Principal Engineer at the Components \u0026amp; Materials Center, Hughes Aircraft Co., and a Senior Lecturer in the Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Southern California. He received his M.S. in Chemical Engineering from USC in 1970. He is a senior member of the Society of Plastics Engineers (SPE), a member of the Society for the Advancement of Materials and Process Engineers (SAMPE). He has published 12 papers and issued 1 patent in his twenty-plus years of industrial plastics experience.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:08-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:08-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["1999","acrylic polymers","book","crosslinked","imides","maleimide-terminated","molding","moulding","oligomers","p-chemistry","phthalonitrile","plastics","polyimides","polymer","product properties environmental\/safety issues each technology area. These papers are not contained main conference book. RAPRA Business Machines Appliances","propargyl","resines","silicones","thermoplastics","thermoset plastics"],"price":14500,"price_min":14500,"price_max":14500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378397060,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Handbook of Thermoset Plastics, Second Edition","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"0-8155-1421-2","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":[],"featured_image":null,"options":["Title"],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Sidney H. Goodman \u003cbr\u003eISBN 0-8155-1421-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePages: 525, Figures: 160, Tables: 165\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe Handbook of Thermoset Plastics is specifically aimed to help engineers, chemists, physicists, and students who need general, as well as technical, details concerning everything from historical data and terminology to highly specific curing and staging data. It is written so that both non-specialists and specialists can follow along easily while making available in-depth data for those who wish to expand their knowledge into new areas of expertise.\u003cbr\u003eThe thermoset plastics technology has increasingly become important to designers and users who work in specialty applications. Everything from toys to medical devices, and from automotive to sports and recreation products, are being manufactured using thermoset plastics. An increased understanding of thermoset plastics technology and processes has broadened their use exponentially over the last few years. In fact, the importance and contributions of unsaturated polyesters, urethanes, and epoxy thermosets have driven unprecedented sales and production figures that approach the definition of commodity materials.\u003cbr\u003eAs a survey of the technology, the handbook provides the reader with the practical implications of crosslinking, as well as establishing relationships between time, temperature, and mass often ignored in the general overviews allotted to thermoset plastics in other handbooks. The Handbook of Thermoset Plastics offers the complete collection of general and technical details available on this important subject.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction (history, definitions, crosslinking and curing, the influence of time, temperature, and mass, shelflife and pot life, curing, staging, stoichiometric considerations, prepolymerization and adducting). \u003cbr\u003e2. Phenol-formaldehyde (introduction, raw materials, resinification (production) of phenol-formaldehyde resins, phenolic resins in friction materials, phenolic resins trade names and manufacturers).\u003cbr\u003e3. Amino and furan resins (introduction, raw materials, amino resins, furan resins, properties of amino and furan resins, trade names).\u003cbr\u003e4. Unsaturated polyester and vinyl ester resins (unsaturated polyesters, vinyl ester resins, compounding of unsaturated polyester and vinyl ester resins, applicable manufacturing processes, recent developments, trade names and manufacturers of unsaturated polyester and vinyl esters).\u003cbr\u003e5. Allyls (introduction, chemistry, polymerization and processing, formulation, properties, applications).\u003cbr\u003e6. Epoxy resins (introduction, resin types, curatives and crosslinking reactions, alkaline curing agents, acid curing agents, formulation principles, properties, applications).\u003cbr\u003e7. Thermoset polyurethanes (introduction, environmental regulation and its impact on polyurethane technology, modification of amines for reaction with isocyanates, recent developments, amines, water-borne polyurethanes, catalysts, diisocyanates).\u003cbr\u003e8. High performance polyimidides and related thermoset polymers; past, present development, and future research (historical perspective, polyimides from condensation reactions, thermoplastic polyimides, addition-curable polyimides and other polymers, nadimide-terminated thermosetting polyimides, maleimide-terminated thermosetting polyimides, cyanate-terminated thermosetting polymers, high temperature thermosetting resins based on phthalonitrile, acetylene-terminated thermosetting polymers, propargyl-terminated oligomers, phenylethynyl-terminated thermosetting polymers, applicability of thermoset isoimides\/imides to resin transfer molding processing, application of high-performance polymers to improve galvanic corrosion of imide-based compounds, future demands in ultrahigh temperature resistant polymers, chemical structures suitable for ultrahigh temperature use, novel cross-linking mechanisms for stability at ultrahigh temperatures, polymer-ceramic materials).\u003cbr\u003e9. Silicones (introduction, silicone fluids, silicone rubbers, room-temperature-vulcanizing silicones, heat cured systems, silicone laminates, government specifications for silicone products).\u003cbr\u003e10. Crosslinked thermoplastics (introduction, crosslinking of thermoplastics, effects of crosslinking of the polymer, chemical crosslinking, rotational molding, post-irradiation effects, acrylates, trade names).\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSidney H. Goodman is a Senior Staff\/Principal Engineer at the Components \u0026amp; Materials Center, Hughes Aircraft Co., and a Senior Lecturer in the Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Southern California. He received his M.S. in Chemical Engineering from USC in 1970. He is a senior member of the Society of Plastics Engineers (SPE), a member of the Society for the Advancement of Materials and Process Engineers (SAMPE). He has published 12 papers and issued 1 patent in his twenty-plus years of industrial plastics experience."}
Description Author: Ed., Shulamith Schlick ISBN 978-0-471-73189-4 pages 353, Hardcover Summary This one-of-a-kind book introduces the fundamentals of ESR to polymer scientists while focusing on the significance of recently advanced ESR methods for polymeric systems. The "Fundamentals" section provides information on ESR spectra, experimental techniques, and data analysis. The "Applications" section discusses such exciting recent developments...
$195.00
in stock
{"id":11242228484,"title":"Advanced ESR Methods in Polymer Research","handle":"978-0-471-73189-4","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Ed., Shulamith Schlick \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-0-471-73189-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 353, Hardcover\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis one-of-a-kind book introduces the fundamentals of ESR to polymer scientists while focusing on the significance of recently advanced ESR methods for polymeric systems. The \"Fundamentals\" section provides information on ESR spectra, experimental techniques, and data analysis. The \"Applications\" section discusses such exciting recent developments as ESR spectroscopy in the study of polymeric membranes used in fuel cell applications, UV- and thermal degradation of polymeric materials, as well as self-assembling and dynamics in ion-containing polymers and other topics of interest to academics, graduate students, and professionals in industrial R \u0026amp; D and applications laboratories.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Editor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContributors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDedication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART I: ESR FUNDAMENTALS. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 1. Continuous-Wave and Pulsed ESR Methods (Gunnar Jeschke and Shulamith Schlick).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 2. Double Resonance ESR Methods (Gunnar Jeschke).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 3. Calculating Slow-Motion ESR Spectra of Spin-Labeled Polymers (Keith A. Earle and David E. Budil).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 4. ESR Imaging (Shulamith Schlick).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART II: ESR APPLICATIONS. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 5. ESR Study of Radicals in Conventional Radical Polymerization Using Radical Precursors Prepared by Atom Transfer Radical Polymerization (Atsushi Kajiwara and Krzysztof Matyjaszewski).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 6. Local Dynamics of Polymers in Solution by Spin-Label ESR (Jan Pilař).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 7. Site-Specific Information on Macromolecular Materials by Combining CW and Pulsed ESR on Spin Probes (Gunnar Jeschke).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 8. ESR Methods for Assessing the Stability of Polymer Membranes Used in Fuel Cells (Emil Roduner and Shulamith Schlick).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 9. Spatially Resolved Degradation in Heterophasic Polymers From 1D and 2D Spectral-Spatial ESR Imaging Experiments (Shulamith Schlick and Krzysztof Kruczala).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 10. ESR Studies of Photooxidation and Stabilization of Polymer Coatings (David R. Bauer and John L. Gerlock).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 11. Characterization of Dendrimer Structures by ESR Techniques (M. Francesca Ottaviani and Nicholas J. Turro).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 12. High Field ESR Spectroscopy of Conductive Polymers (Victor I. Krinichnyi).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSHULAMITH SCHLICK, DSc, is a Professor of Physical and Polymer Chemistry in the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, University of Detroit Mercy. One of the foremost authorities in the field of polymer research, and the editor of one previous book, Dr. Schlick has held visiting professorships and appointments worldwide and has authored over 200 scientific articles and book chapters.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:08-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:08-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2006","atom transfer","book","coatings","continuous-wave","degradation","ESR","imaging","membranes","p-chemical","photooxidation","plastic","polymer","polymers","pulsed","solution","spectra","spectroscopy","stabilization"],"price":19500,"price_min":19500,"price_max":19500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378396740,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Advanced ESR Methods in Polymer Research","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":19500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-0-471-73189-4","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-0-471-73189-4.jpg?v=1499719160"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-0-471-73189-4.jpg?v=1499719160","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":350146986077,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-0-471-73189-4.jpg?v=1499719160"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-0-471-73189-4.jpg?v=1499719160","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Ed., Shulamith Schlick \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-0-471-73189-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 353, Hardcover\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis one-of-a-kind book introduces the fundamentals of ESR to polymer scientists while focusing on the significance of recently advanced ESR methods for polymeric systems. The \"Fundamentals\" section provides information on ESR spectra, experimental techniques, and data analysis. The \"Applications\" section discusses such exciting recent developments as ESR spectroscopy in the study of polymeric membranes used in fuel cell applications, UV- and thermal degradation of polymeric materials, as well as self-assembling and dynamics in ion-containing polymers and other topics of interest to academics, graduate students, and professionals in industrial R \u0026amp; D and applications laboratories.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Editor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContributors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDedication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART I: ESR FUNDAMENTALS. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 1. Continuous-Wave and Pulsed ESR Methods (Gunnar Jeschke and Shulamith Schlick).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 2. Double Resonance ESR Methods (Gunnar Jeschke).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 3. Calculating Slow-Motion ESR Spectra of Spin-Labeled Polymers (Keith A. Earle and David E. Budil).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 4. ESR Imaging (Shulamith Schlick).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART II: ESR APPLICATIONS. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 5. ESR Study of Radicals in Conventional Radical Polymerization Using Radical Precursors Prepared by Atom Transfer Radical Polymerization (Atsushi Kajiwara and Krzysztof Matyjaszewski).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 6. Local Dynamics of Polymers in Solution by Spin-Label ESR (Jan Pilař).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 7. Site-Specific Information on Macromolecular Materials by Combining CW and Pulsed ESR on Spin Probes (Gunnar Jeschke).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 8. ESR Methods for Assessing the Stability of Polymer Membranes Used in Fuel Cells (Emil Roduner and Shulamith Schlick).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 9. Spatially Resolved Degradation in Heterophasic Polymers From 1D and 2D Spectral-Spatial ESR Imaging Experiments (Shulamith Schlick and Krzysztof Kruczala).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 10. ESR Studies of Photooxidation and Stabilization of Polymer Coatings (David R. Bauer and John L. Gerlock).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 11. Characterization of Dendrimer Structures by ESR Techniques (M. Francesca Ottaviani and Nicholas J. Turro).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChapter 12. High Field ESR Spectroscopy of Conductive Polymers (Victor I. Krinichnyi).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSHULAMITH SCHLICK, DSc, is a Professor of Physical and Polymer Chemistry in the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, University of Detroit Mercy. One of the foremost authorities in the field of polymer research, and the editor of one previous book, Dr. Schlick has held visiting professorships and appointments worldwide and has authored over 200 scientific articles and book chapters."}
Description Author: T. R. Crompton ISBN 978-1-84735-472-3 Available in July 2010 Format: Hard-backed Summary The oxidative and thermal degradation of polymers has very important implications on their suitability for particular end-user applications. Particularly in relation to their physical properties and the lifetime over which the manufactured article retains these properties, after which they become unsuitable...
$165.00
in stock
{"id":11242228292,"title":"Thermo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers","handle":"978-1-84735-472-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: T. R. Crompton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-472-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in July 2010\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFormat: Hard-backed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe oxidative and thermal degradation of polymers has very important implications on their suitability for particular end-user applications. Particularly in relation to their physical properties and the lifetime over which the manufactured article retains these properties, after which they become unsuitable for purpose.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book brings together information on the thermooxidative resistance of polymers to change during processing and end-use life.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOur present understanding of the chemical changes of the polymer that accompany degradation are also reviewed and the analytical methods by which changes can be ascertained are also discussed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe principal techniques used in thermooxidative studies are based on thermal analysis methods such as thermogravimetric analysis and differential scanning calorimetry and on methods based on polymer pyrolysis followed by gas chromatography and mass spectrometry and\/or infrared spectroscopy of the volatiles produced. Other techniques which have been including nuclear magnetic spectroscopy, electron spin resonance spectroscopy, and methods based on chemiluminescence and positron annihilation lifetime mass spectrometry.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be of interest to those involved in the investigation of polymer stability and studies of the mechanics of polymer degradation, to polymer manufacturers and those who use polymers to manufacture end-use articles.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book will also be of interest to those involved in the manufacture of stabilisers for oxidation resistance for use in polymer manufacture, mechanical engineers, and designers of polymer products.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoy Crompton was Head of the polymer analysis research department of a major international polymer producer for some 15 years. In the early fifties, he was heavily engaged in the development of methods of analysis for low-pressure polyolefins produced by the Ziegler-Natta route, including work on high-density polyethylene and polypropylene. He was responsible for the development of methods of analysis of the organoaluminum catalysts used for the synthesis of these polymers. He was also responsible for the development of thin-layer chromatography for the determination of various types of additives in polymers and did pioneering work on the use of TLC to separate polymer additives and to examine the separated additives by infrared and mass spectrometry. He retired in 1988 and has since been engaged as a consultant in the field of analytical chemistry and has written extensively on this subject, with some 20 books published.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:07-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:07-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2010","acrylic polymers","book","degradation","EGA","environmentally friendly polymers","epoxy resins","oxidative degradation","p-properties","polyesters","polymer","polyoxymethylene","PVC","stability","TGA","thermal-oxidative","Thermooxidative"],"price":16500,"price_min":16500,"price_max":20000,"available":true,"price_varies":true,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378396484,"title":"Hard Cover","option1":"Hard Cover","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"978-1-84735-471-6","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Thermo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers - Hard Cover","public_title":"Hard Cover","options":["Hard Cover"],"price":20000,"weight":0,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-471-6","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}},{"id":50532067332,"title":"Soft Cover","option1":"Soft Cover","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"978-1-84735-472-3","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Thermo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers - Soft Cover","public_title":"Soft Cover","options":["Soft Cover"],"price":16500,"weight":0,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-472-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-472-3_b0d2c085-4c49-4953-99c8-d322c9416a55.jpg?v=1499725290"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-472-3_b0d2c085-4c49-4953-99c8-d322c9416a55.jpg?v=1499725290","options":["Cover"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358808485981,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-472-3_b0d2c085-4c49-4953-99c8-d322c9416a55.jpg?v=1499725290"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-472-3_b0d2c085-4c49-4953-99c8-d322c9416a55.jpg?v=1499725290","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: T. R. Crompton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-472-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in July 2010\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFormat: Hard-backed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe oxidative and thermal degradation of polymers has very important implications on their suitability for particular end-user applications. Particularly in relation to their physical properties and the lifetime over which the manufactured article retains these properties, after which they become unsuitable for purpose.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book brings together information on the thermooxidative resistance of polymers to change during processing and end-use life.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOur present understanding of the chemical changes of the polymer that accompany degradation are also reviewed and the analytical methods by which changes can be ascertained are also discussed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe principal techniques used in thermooxidative studies are based on thermal analysis methods such as thermogravimetric analysis and differential scanning calorimetry and on methods based on polymer pyrolysis followed by gas chromatography and mass spectrometry and\/or infrared spectroscopy of the volatiles produced. Other techniques which have been including nuclear magnetic spectroscopy, electron spin resonance spectroscopy, and methods based on chemiluminescence and positron annihilation lifetime mass spectrometry.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be of interest to those involved in the investigation of polymer stability and studies of the mechanics of polymer degradation, to polymer manufacturers and those who use polymers to manufacture end-use articles.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book will also be of interest to those involved in the manufacture of stabilisers for oxidation resistance for use in polymer manufacture, mechanical engineers, and designers of polymer products.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoy Crompton was Head of the polymer analysis research department of a major international polymer producer for some 15 years. In the early fifties, he was heavily engaged in the development of methods of analysis for low-pressure polyolefins produced by the Ziegler-Natta route, including work on high-density polyethylene and polypropylene. He was responsible for the development of methods of analysis of the organoaluminum catalysts used for the synthesis of these polymers. He was also responsible for the development of thin-layer chromatography for the determination of various types of additives in polymers and did pioneering work on the use of TLC to separate polymer additives and to examine the separated additives by infrared and mass spectrometry. He retired in 1988 and has since been engaged as a consultant in the field of analytical chemistry and has written extensively on this subject, with some 20 books published."}
Description Author: T.R. Crompton ISBN 978-1-85957-492-8 Pages: 704 Soft-backed Summary This book describes the types of techniques now available to the polymer chemist and technician and discusses their capabilities, limitations, and applications. All types of modern instrumentation are covered including those used in general quality control, research analysis, process monitoring and for determining the mechanical, electrical,...
$297.00
in stock
{"id":11242228228,"title":"Polymer Reference Book","handle":"978-1-85957-492-8","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: T.R. Crompton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-492-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePages: 704\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft-backed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis book describes the types of techniques now available to the polymer chemist and technician and discusses their capabilities, limitations, and applications. All types of modern instrumentation are covered including those used in general quality control, research analysis, process monitoring and for determining the mechanical, electrical, thermal and optical characteristics. Aspects such as automated analysis and computerised control of instruments are also included. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book covers not only instrumentation for the determination of metals, non metals, functional groups, polymer structural analysis and end-groups in the main types of polymers now in use commercially, but also the analysis of minor non-polymeric components of the polymer formulation, whether they be deliberately added, such as processing additives, or whether they occur adventitiously, such as residual volatiles and monomers and water. Fingerprinting techniques for the rapid identification of polymers and methods for the examination of polymer surfaces and polymer defects are also discussed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book gives an up-to-date and thorough exposition of the present state-of-the-art of the theory and availability of instrumentation needed to effect chemical and physical analysis of polymers. Over 1,800 references are included. The book should be of great interest to all those who are engaged in the examination of polymers in industry, university research establishments, and general education. The book is intended for all staff who are concerned with instrumentation in the polymer laboratory, including laboratory designers, work planners, chemists, engineers, chemical engineers and those concerned with the implementation of specifications and process control.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface \u003cbr\u003e1 Determination of Metals\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Destructive Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Atom Trapping Technique\u003cbr\u003e1.1.4 Vapour Generation Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.5 Zeeman Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.6 Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.7 Hybrid Inductively Coupled Plasma Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.8 Inductively Coupled Plasma Optical Emission Spectrometry–Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.9 Pre-concentration Atomic Absorption Spectrometry Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.10 Microprocessors\u003cbr\u003e1.11 Autosamplers\u003cbr\u003e1.1.12 Applications: Atomic Absorption Spectrometric Determination of Metals\u003cbr\u003e1.1.13 Visible and UV Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e1.1.14 Polarography and Voltammetry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.15 Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Non-destructive Methods\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Neutron Activation Analysis \u003cbr\u003e2 Non-metallic Elements\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Instrumentation: Furnace Combustion Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Halogens\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Total Sulfur\/Total Halogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Total Bound Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.5 Nitrogen, Carbon, and Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.1.6 Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.7 Total Organic Carbon\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Oxygen Flask Combustion Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Total Halogens\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Oxygen Flask Combustion: Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Applications\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Acid and Solid Digestions of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Chlorine\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Phosphorus\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Silica\u003cbr\u003e2.4 X-ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Antec 9000 Nitrogen\/Sulfur Analyser \u003cbr\u003e3 Functional Groups and Polymer Structure\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Infrared and Near-Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Fourier Transform Near-Infrared Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Proton Magnetic Resonance (PMR) Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Reaction Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.8.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.8.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography–Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.10 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Mass Spectrometric Techniques\u003cbr\u003e3.11.1 Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (ToF-SIMS)\u003cbr\u003e3.11.2 XPS\u003cbr\u003e3.11.3 Tandem Mass Spectrometry (MS\/MS)\u003cbr\u003e3.11.4 Fourier Transform Ion Cyclotron Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.11.5 MALDI-MS\u003cbr\u003e3.11.6 Radio Frequency Glow Discharge Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Microthermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e3.13 Atomic Force Microscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.13.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.14 Scanning Electron Microscopy and Energy Dispersive Analysis using X-rays \u003cbr\u003e4 Examination of Polymer Surfaces and Defects\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Electron Microprobe X-ray Emission Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.3 NMR Micro-imaging\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Diffusion Reflectance FT-IR Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Attenuated Total Infrared Internal Reflectance (ATR) Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.7 External Reflectance Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.8.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e4.8.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.9 X-ray Diffraction\/Infrared Microscopy of Synthetic Fibres\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy (SECM)\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)\u003cbr\u003e4.12 Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM)\u003cbr\u003e4.12.1 Electron Microscopy and Inverse Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e4.12.2 Supersonic Jet Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e4.13 ToF SIMS\u003cbr\u003e4.14 Laser-Induced Photoelectron Ionisation with Laser Desorption\u003cbr\u003e4.15 Atomic Force Microscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.16 Microthermal Analysis \u003cbr\u003e5 Volatiles and Water\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.2 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Polarography\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Headspace Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Headspace Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Purge and Trap Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Instrumentation \u003cbr\u003e6 Fingerprinting Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Glass Transition Temperature (Tg) and Melting Temperature (Tm)\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Pyrolysis Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Conventional Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Laser Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Photolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Pyrolysis Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Potassium Bromide Discs\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Hot Pressed Film\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Pyrolysis Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Fourier Transform Near-Infrared Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Radio Frequency and Low Discharge Mass Spectrometry \u003cbr\u003e7 Polymer Additives\u003cbr\u003e7.1 IR and Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Luminescence and Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (NMR)\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.5.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.6.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.7 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.7.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.7.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.7.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.8 Complementary Techniques\u003cbr\u003e7.8.1 HPLC with Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.8.2 HPLC with IR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.9 Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.10 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.10.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.10.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.10.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.11 Thin-Layer Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.11.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.11.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.12 Polarography\u003cbr\u003e7.12.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.12.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.13 Pyrolysis-Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.14 X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.15 Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.16 X-ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.17 Solvent Extraction Systems \u003cbr\u003e8 Polymer Fractionation and Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 High-Performance GPC and SEC\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.3 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e8.4.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Thin-Layer Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.7 NMR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e8.8 Osmometry\u003cbr\u003e8.9 Light Scattering Methods\u003cbr\u003e8.10 Viscometry\u003cbr\u003e8.11 Ultracentrifugation\u003cbr\u003e8.12 Field Desorption Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.13 Capillary Electrophoresis\u003cbr\u003e8.14 Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.15 Ion Exchange Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.16 Liquid Adsorption Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.17 Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (ToF SIMS)\u003cbr\u003e8.18 MALDI-MS\u003cbr\u003e8.19 Thermal Field Flow Fractionation\u003cbr\u003e8.20 Desorption Chemical Ionisation Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.21 Grazing Emission X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry \u003cbr\u003e9 Thermal and Chemical Stability\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Theory\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Thermal Volatilisation Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.5 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Instrumentation for TGA, DTA, and DSC\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Instrumentation for TVA and EGA\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Applications\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.2 TGA–FT-IR Spectroscopy and DSC–FT-IR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e9.4.3 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.4 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e9.4.5 Thermal Volatilisation Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.6 EGA–TGA–Gas Chromatogravimetry and TGA–Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e9.4.7 Mass Spectrometric Methods\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Examination of Thermal Stability by a Variety of Techniques\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Heat Stability of Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Influence of Pigmentation and UV Stabilisation on Heat Ageing Life \u003cbr\u003e10 Monitoring of Resin Cure\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e10.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e10.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e10.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e10.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Fibre Optic Sensor to Monitor Resin Cure \u003cbr\u003e11 Oxidative Stability\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Theory and Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e11.2.3 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e11.2.4 Infrared Spectroscopy of Oxidised Polymers\u003cbr\u003e11.2.5 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e11.2.6 Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption\/Ionisation Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e11.2.7 Imaging Chemiluminescence \u003cbr\u003e12 Examination of Photopolymers\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Differential Photocalorimetry\u003cbr\u003e12.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e12.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e12.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e12.2 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Infrared and Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Gas Chromatography-Based Methods \u003cbr\u003e13 Glass Transition and Other Transitions\u003cbr\u003e13.1 Glass Transition\u003cbr\u003e13.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e13.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e13.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e13.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.3 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e13.3.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e13.3.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.4 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.4.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.5 Differential Thermal Analysis and Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.6 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e13.7 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8 Other Transitions (alpha, beta, and gamma)\u003cbr\u003e13.8.1 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.2 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.3 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.4 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.5 Infrared Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e14 Crystallinity\u003cbr\u003e14.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e14.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e14.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.3 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e14.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.4 X-ray Powder Diffraction\u003cbr\u003e14.4.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.5 Wide-Angle X-ray Scattering\/Diffraction\u003cbr\u003e14.5.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.6 Small Angle X-ray Diffraction Scattering and Positron Annihilation Lifetime Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e14.6.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.7 Static and Dynamic Light Scattering\u003cbr\u003e14.7.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.8 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e14.8.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.9 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance\u003cbr\u003e14.9.1 Applications \u003cbr\u003e15 Viscoelastic and Rheological Properties\u003cbr\u003e15.1 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e15.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e15.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.2 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.2.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.3 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e15.3.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e15.3.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.4 Further Viscoelastic Behaviour Studies\u003cbr\u003e15.5 Further Rheology Studies \u003cbr\u003e16 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e16.1 Linear Coefficient of Expansion\u003cbr\u003e16.1.1 Dilatometric Method\u003cbr\u003e16.2 Melting Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.2.1 Thermal Methods\u003cbr\u003e16.2.2 Fisher-Johns Apparatus\u003cbr\u003e16.3 Softening Point (Vicat)\u003cbr\u003e16.4 Heat Deflection\/Distortion Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.4.1 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e16.4.2 Martens Method\u003cbr\u003e16.4.3 Vicat Softening Point Apparatus\u003cbr\u003e16.4.4 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e16.5 Brittleness Temperature (Low-Temperature Embrittlement)\u003cbr\u003e16.6 Minimum Filming Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.7 Delamination Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.8 Melt Flow Index\u003cbr\u003e16.9 Heat of Volatilisation\u003cbr\u003e16.10 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e16.11 Specific Heat\u003cbr\u003e16.11.1 Transient Plane Source Technique\u003cbr\u003e16.11.2 Hot Wire Parallel Technique\u003cbr\u003e16.12 Thermal Diffusivity\u003cbr\u003e16.13 Ageing in Air \u003cbr\u003e17 Flammability Testing\u003cbr\u003e17.1 Combustion Testing and Rating of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e17.1.1Introduction\u003cbr\u003e17.1.2 Mining Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.3 Electrical Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.4 Transportation Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.5 Furniture and Furnishing Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.6 Construction Material Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.7 Other Fire-Related Factors\u003cbr\u003e17.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e17.3 Examination of Combustible Polymer Products\u003cbr\u003e17.4 Oxygen Consumption Cone Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e17.5 Laser Pyrolysis–Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e17.6 Pyrolysis-Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e17.7 Thermogravimetric Analysis \u003cbr\u003e18 Mechanical, Electrical, and Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e18.1 Mechanical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.1 Load-Bearing Characteristics of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.2 Impact Strength Characteristics of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.3 Measurement of Mechanical Properties in Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.4 Properties of Polymer Film and Pipe\u003cbr\u003e18.1.5 Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003e18.1.6 Physical Testing of Rubbers and Elastomers\u003cbr\u003e18.2 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e18.2.1 Volume and Surface Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e18.2.2 Dielectric and Dissipation Factor\u003cbr\u003e18.2.3 Dielectric Strength (Dielectric Rigidity)\u003cbr\u003e18.2.4 Surface Arc Resistance\u003cbr\u003e18.2.5 Tracking Resistance\u003cbr\u003e18.3 Optical Properties and Light Stability\u003cbr\u003e18.3.1 Stress Optical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e18.3.2 Light Stability of Polyolefins\u003cbr\u003e18.3.3 Effect of Pigments\u003cbr\u003e18.3.4 Effect of Pigments in Combination with a UV Stabiliser\u003cbr\u003e18.3.5 Effect of Carbon Black\u003cbr\u003e18.3.6 Effect of Window Glass\u003cbr\u003e18.3.7 Effect of Sunlight on Impact Strength\u003cbr\u003e18.3.8 Effect of Thickness\u003cbr\u003e18.3.9 Effect of Stress During Exposure\u003cbr\u003e18.3.10 Effect of Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e18.3.11 Effect of Sunlight on the Surface Appearance of Pigmented Samples \u003cbr\u003e19 Miscellaneous Physical and Chemical Properties\u003cbr\u003e19.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e19.2 Particle Size Characteristics of Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003e19.2.1 Methods Based on Electrical Sensing Zone (or Coulter Principle)\u003cbr\u003e19.2.2 Laser Particle Size Analysers\u003cbr\u003e19.2.3 Photon Correlation Spectroscopy (Autocorrelation Spectroscopy)\u003cbr\u003e19.2.4 Sedimentation\u003cbr\u003e19.2.5 Other Instrumentation \u003cbr\u003e20 Additive Migration from Packaged Commodities\u003cbr\u003e20.1 Polymer Additives\u003cbr\u003e20.2 Extraction Tests \u003cbr\u003eAppendix 1\u003cbr\u003eInstrument Suppliers\u003cbr\u003eThermal Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003eMechanical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003ePhysical Testing of Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003eElectrical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003eOptical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003ePhysical Testing of Rubbers and Elastomers\u003cbr\u003ePolymer Flammability Properties \u003cbr\u003eAddresses of Suppliers \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoy Crompton was Head of the polymer analysis research department of a major international polymer producer for some 15 years. In the early fifties, he was heavily engaged in the development of methods of analysis for low-pressure polyolefins produced by the Ziegler-Natta route, including work on high-density polyethylene and polypropylene. He was responsible for the development of methods of analysis of the organoaluminum catalysts used for the synthesis of these polymers. He was also responsible for the development of thin-layer chromatography for the determination of various types of additives in polymers and did pioneering work on the use of TLC to separate polymer additives and to examine the separated additives by infrared and mass spectrometry. He retired in 1988 and has since been engaged as a consultant in the field of analytical chemistry and has written extensively on this subject, with some 20 books published.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:07-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:07-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2006","autosamplers","book","bound","carbon","destructive","determination","elastomers","emission","flammability","furnace","general","graphite","halogen","ion chromatography","metals","microprocessors","nitrogen","optical","physical","polarography","polymer","polymers","rubbers","spectrometry","sulfur","testing","UV spectroscopy","vapour","voltammetry","X-ray","Zeeman"],"price":29700,"price_min":29700,"price_max":29700,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378396420,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polymer Reference Book","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":29700,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-492-8","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-492-8.jpg?v=1499952982"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-492-8.jpg?v=1499952982","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358550601821,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-492-8.jpg?v=1499952982"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-492-8.jpg?v=1499952982","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: T.R. Crompton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-492-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePages: 704\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft-backed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis book describes the types of techniques now available to the polymer chemist and technician and discusses their capabilities, limitations, and applications. All types of modern instrumentation are covered including those used in general quality control, research analysis, process monitoring and for determining the mechanical, electrical, thermal and optical characteristics. Aspects such as automated analysis and computerised control of instruments are also included. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book covers not only instrumentation for the determination of metals, non metals, functional groups, polymer structural analysis and end-groups in the main types of polymers now in use commercially, but also the analysis of minor non-polymeric components of the polymer formulation, whether they be deliberately added, such as processing additives, or whether they occur adventitiously, such as residual volatiles and monomers and water. Fingerprinting techniques for the rapid identification of polymers and methods for the examination of polymer surfaces and polymer defects are also discussed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book gives an up-to-date and thorough exposition of the present state-of-the-art of the theory and availability of instrumentation needed to effect chemical and physical analysis of polymers. Over 1,800 references are included. The book should be of great interest to all those who are engaged in the examination of polymers in industry, university research establishments, and general education. The book is intended for all staff who are concerned with instrumentation in the polymer laboratory, including laboratory designers, work planners, chemists, engineers, chemical engineers and those concerned with the implementation of specifications and process control.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface \u003cbr\u003e1 Determination of Metals\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Destructive Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Atom Trapping Technique\u003cbr\u003e1.1.4 Vapour Generation Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.5 Zeeman Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.6 Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.7 Hybrid Inductively Coupled Plasma Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.8 Inductively Coupled Plasma Optical Emission Spectrometry–Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.9 Pre-concentration Atomic Absorption Spectrometry Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.10 Microprocessors\u003cbr\u003e1.11 Autosamplers\u003cbr\u003e1.1.12 Applications: Atomic Absorption Spectrometric Determination of Metals\u003cbr\u003e1.1.13 Visible and UV Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e1.1.14 Polarography and Voltammetry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.15 Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Non-destructive Methods\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Neutron Activation Analysis \u003cbr\u003e2 Non-metallic Elements\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Instrumentation: Furnace Combustion Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Halogens\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Total Sulfur\/Total Halogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Total Bound Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.5 Nitrogen, Carbon, and Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.1.6 Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.7 Total Organic Carbon\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Oxygen Flask Combustion Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Total Halogens\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Oxygen Flask Combustion: Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Applications\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Acid and Solid Digestions of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Chlorine\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Phosphorus\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Silica\u003cbr\u003e2.4 X-ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Antec 9000 Nitrogen\/Sulfur Analyser \u003cbr\u003e3 Functional Groups and Polymer Structure\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Infrared and Near-Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Fourier Transform Near-Infrared Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Proton Magnetic Resonance (PMR) Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Reaction Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.8.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.8.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography–Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.10 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Mass Spectrometric Techniques\u003cbr\u003e3.11.1 Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (ToF-SIMS)\u003cbr\u003e3.11.2 XPS\u003cbr\u003e3.11.3 Tandem Mass Spectrometry (MS\/MS)\u003cbr\u003e3.11.4 Fourier Transform Ion Cyclotron Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.11.5 MALDI-MS\u003cbr\u003e3.11.6 Radio Frequency Glow Discharge Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Microthermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e3.13 Atomic Force Microscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.13.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.14 Scanning Electron Microscopy and Energy Dispersive Analysis using X-rays \u003cbr\u003e4 Examination of Polymer Surfaces and Defects\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Electron Microprobe X-ray Emission Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.3 NMR Micro-imaging\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Diffusion Reflectance FT-IR Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Attenuated Total Infrared Internal Reflectance (ATR) Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.7 External Reflectance Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.8.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e4.8.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.9 X-ray Diffraction\/Infrared Microscopy of Synthetic Fibres\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy (SECM)\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)\u003cbr\u003e4.12 Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM)\u003cbr\u003e4.12.1 Electron Microscopy and Inverse Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e4.12.2 Supersonic Jet Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e4.13 ToF SIMS\u003cbr\u003e4.14 Laser-Induced Photoelectron Ionisation with Laser Desorption\u003cbr\u003e4.15 Atomic Force Microscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.16 Microthermal Analysis \u003cbr\u003e5 Volatiles and Water\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.2 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Polarography\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Headspace Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Headspace Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Purge and Trap Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Instrumentation \u003cbr\u003e6 Fingerprinting Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Glass Transition Temperature (Tg) and Melting Temperature (Tm)\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Pyrolysis Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Conventional Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Laser Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Photolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Pyrolysis Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Potassium Bromide Discs\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Hot Pressed Film\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Pyrolysis Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Fourier Transform Near-Infrared Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Radio Frequency and Low Discharge Mass Spectrometry \u003cbr\u003e7 Polymer Additives\u003cbr\u003e7.1 IR and Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Luminescence and Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (NMR)\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.5.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.6.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.7 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.7.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.7.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.7.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.8 Complementary Techniques\u003cbr\u003e7.8.1 HPLC with Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.8.2 HPLC with IR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.9 Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.10 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.10.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.10.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.10.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.11 Thin-Layer Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.11.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.11.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.12 Polarography\u003cbr\u003e7.12.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.12.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.13 Pyrolysis-Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.14 X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.15 Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.16 X-ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.17 Solvent Extraction Systems \u003cbr\u003e8 Polymer Fractionation and Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 High-Performance GPC and SEC\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.3 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e8.4.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Thin-Layer Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.7 NMR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e8.8 Osmometry\u003cbr\u003e8.9 Light Scattering Methods\u003cbr\u003e8.10 Viscometry\u003cbr\u003e8.11 Ultracentrifugation\u003cbr\u003e8.12 Field Desorption Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.13 Capillary Electrophoresis\u003cbr\u003e8.14 Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.15 Ion Exchange Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.16 Liquid Adsorption Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.17 Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (ToF SIMS)\u003cbr\u003e8.18 MALDI-MS\u003cbr\u003e8.19 Thermal Field Flow Fractionation\u003cbr\u003e8.20 Desorption Chemical Ionisation Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.21 Grazing Emission X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry \u003cbr\u003e9 Thermal and Chemical Stability\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Theory\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Thermal Volatilisation Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.5 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Instrumentation for TGA, DTA, and DSC\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Instrumentation for TVA and EGA\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Applications\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.2 TGA–FT-IR Spectroscopy and DSC–FT-IR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e9.4.3 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.4 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e9.4.5 Thermal Volatilisation Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.6 EGA–TGA–Gas Chromatogravimetry and TGA–Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e9.4.7 Mass Spectrometric Methods\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Examination of Thermal Stability by a Variety of Techniques\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Heat Stability of Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Influence of Pigmentation and UV Stabilisation on Heat Ageing Life \u003cbr\u003e10 Monitoring of Resin Cure\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e10.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e10.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e10.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e10.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Fibre Optic Sensor to Monitor Resin Cure \u003cbr\u003e11 Oxidative Stability\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Theory and Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e11.2.3 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e11.2.4 Infrared Spectroscopy of Oxidised Polymers\u003cbr\u003e11.2.5 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e11.2.6 Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption\/Ionisation Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e11.2.7 Imaging Chemiluminescence \u003cbr\u003e12 Examination of Photopolymers\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Differential Photocalorimetry\u003cbr\u003e12.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e12.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e12.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e12.2 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Infrared and Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Gas Chromatography-Based Methods \u003cbr\u003e13 Glass Transition and Other Transitions\u003cbr\u003e13.1 Glass Transition\u003cbr\u003e13.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e13.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e13.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e13.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.3 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e13.3.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e13.3.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.4 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.4.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.5 Differential Thermal Analysis and Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.6 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e13.7 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8 Other Transitions (alpha, beta, and gamma)\u003cbr\u003e13.8.1 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.2 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.3 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.4 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.5 Infrared Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e14 Crystallinity\u003cbr\u003e14.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e14.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e14.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.3 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e14.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.4 X-ray Powder Diffraction\u003cbr\u003e14.4.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.5 Wide-Angle X-ray Scattering\/Diffraction\u003cbr\u003e14.5.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.6 Small Angle X-ray Diffraction Scattering and Positron Annihilation Lifetime Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e14.6.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.7 Static and Dynamic Light Scattering\u003cbr\u003e14.7.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.8 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e14.8.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.9 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance\u003cbr\u003e14.9.1 Applications \u003cbr\u003e15 Viscoelastic and Rheological Properties\u003cbr\u003e15.1 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e15.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e15.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.2 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.2.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.3 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e15.3.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e15.3.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.4 Further Viscoelastic Behaviour Studies\u003cbr\u003e15.5 Further Rheology Studies \u003cbr\u003e16 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e16.1 Linear Coefficient of Expansion\u003cbr\u003e16.1.1 Dilatometric Method\u003cbr\u003e16.2 Melting Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.2.1 Thermal Methods\u003cbr\u003e16.2.2 Fisher-Johns Apparatus\u003cbr\u003e16.3 Softening Point (Vicat)\u003cbr\u003e16.4 Heat Deflection\/Distortion Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.4.1 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e16.4.2 Martens Method\u003cbr\u003e16.4.3 Vicat Softening Point Apparatus\u003cbr\u003e16.4.4 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e16.5 Brittleness Temperature (Low-Temperature Embrittlement)\u003cbr\u003e16.6 Minimum Filming Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.7 Delamination Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.8 Melt Flow Index\u003cbr\u003e16.9 Heat of Volatilisation\u003cbr\u003e16.10 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e16.11 Specific Heat\u003cbr\u003e16.11.1 Transient Plane Source Technique\u003cbr\u003e16.11.2 Hot Wire Parallel Technique\u003cbr\u003e16.12 Thermal Diffusivity\u003cbr\u003e16.13 Ageing in Air \u003cbr\u003e17 Flammability Testing\u003cbr\u003e17.1 Combustion Testing and Rating of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e17.1.1Introduction\u003cbr\u003e17.1.2 Mining Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.3 Electrical Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.4 Transportation Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.5 Furniture and Furnishing Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.6 Construction Material Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.7 Other Fire-Related Factors\u003cbr\u003e17.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e17.3 Examination of Combustible Polymer Products\u003cbr\u003e17.4 Oxygen Consumption Cone Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e17.5 Laser Pyrolysis–Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e17.6 Pyrolysis-Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e17.7 Thermogravimetric Analysis \u003cbr\u003e18 Mechanical, Electrical, and Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e18.1 Mechanical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.1 Load-Bearing Characteristics of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.2 Impact Strength Characteristics of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.3 Measurement of Mechanical Properties in Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.4 Properties of Polymer Film and Pipe\u003cbr\u003e18.1.5 Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003e18.1.6 Physical Testing of Rubbers and Elastomers\u003cbr\u003e18.2 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e18.2.1 Volume and Surface Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e18.2.2 Dielectric and Dissipation Factor\u003cbr\u003e18.2.3 Dielectric Strength (Dielectric Rigidity)\u003cbr\u003e18.2.4 Surface Arc Resistance\u003cbr\u003e18.2.5 Tracking Resistance\u003cbr\u003e18.3 Optical Properties and Light Stability\u003cbr\u003e18.3.1 Stress Optical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e18.3.2 Light Stability of Polyolefins\u003cbr\u003e18.3.3 Effect of Pigments\u003cbr\u003e18.3.4 Effect of Pigments in Combination with a UV Stabiliser\u003cbr\u003e18.3.5 Effect of Carbon Black\u003cbr\u003e18.3.6 Effect of Window Glass\u003cbr\u003e18.3.7 Effect of Sunlight on Impact Strength\u003cbr\u003e18.3.8 Effect of Thickness\u003cbr\u003e18.3.9 Effect of Stress During Exposure\u003cbr\u003e18.3.10 Effect of Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e18.3.11 Effect of Sunlight on the Surface Appearance of Pigmented Samples \u003cbr\u003e19 Miscellaneous Physical and Chemical Properties\u003cbr\u003e19.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e19.2 Particle Size Characteristics of Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003e19.2.1 Methods Based on Electrical Sensing Zone (or Coulter Principle)\u003cbr\u003e19.2.2 Laser Particle Size Analysers\u003cbr\u003e19.2.3 Photon Correlation Spectroscopy (Autocorrelation Spectroscopy)\u003cbr\u003e19.2.4 Sedimentation\u003cbr\u003e19.2.5 Other Instrumentation \u003cbr\u003e20 Additive Migration from Packaged Commodities\u003cbr\u003e20.1 Polymer Additives\u003cbr\u003e20.2 Extraction Tests \u003cbr\u003eAppendix 1\u003cbr\u003eInstrument Suppliers\u003cbr\u003eThermal Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003eMechanical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003ePhysical Testing of Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003eElectrical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003eOptical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003ePhysical Testing of Rubbers and Elastomers\u003cbr\u003ePolymer Flammability Properties \u003cbr\u003eAddresses of Suppliers \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoy Crompton was Head of the polymer analysis research department of a major international polymer producer for some 15 years. In the early fifties, he was heavily engaged in the development of methods of analysis for low-pressure polyolefins produced by the Ziegler-Natta route, including work on high-density polyethylene and polypropylene. He was responsible for the development of methods of analysis of the organoaluminum catalysts used for the synthesis of these polymers. He was also responsible for the development of thin-layer chromatography for the determination of various types of additives in polymers and did pioneering work on the use of TLC to separate polymer additives and to examine the separated additives by infrared and mass spectrometry. He retired in 1988 and has since been engaged as a consultant in the field of analytical chemistry and has written extensively on this subject, with some 20 books published."}
Description Author: T.R. Crompton ISBN 978-1-84735-055-8 A Guide for Analytical ChemistsSmithers Rapra TechnologySoft-backed, 255 x 190 mm, 325 pages. Summary Plastics are now being used on a large scale for the packaging of fatty and aqueous foodstuffs and beverages, both alcoholic and non-alcoholic. This is evident for all to see on the supermarket shelves, margarine is...
$170.00
in stock
{"id":11242227908,"title":"Additive Migration from Plastics into Foods","handle":"978-1-84735-055-8","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: T.R. Crompton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-055-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA Guide for Analytical Chemists\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eSmithers Rapra Technology\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eSoft-backed, 255 x 190 mm, 325 pages.\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPlastics are now being used on a large scale for the packaging of fatty and aqueous foodstuffs and beverages, both alcoholic and non-alcoholic. This is evident for all to see on the supermarket shelves, margarine is packed in polystyrene tubs, beer is packed in PVC bottles and meats and bacon in shrink-wrap film. Foods are also increasingly being shipped in bulk, in plastic containers. Additionally, there is the area of use of plastics utensils, containers, and processing equipment in the home and during a bulk preparation of food in producing factories, at home and in restaurants and canteens. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThus it is likely that some transfer of polymer additives will occur - adventitious impurities such as monomers, oligomers, catalyst remnants and residual polymerization solvents and low molecular weight polymer fractions - from the plastic into the packaged material with the consequent risk of a toxic hazard to the consumer. The actual hazard arising to the consumer from any extractable material is a function of two properties, namely, the intrinsic toxicity of the extracted material as evaluated in animal feeding trials (not dealt with in this book) and the amount of material extracted from the polymer which enters the packed commodity under service conditions, i.e., during packaging operations and during the shelf life of the packaged commodity at the time of the consumption. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book covers all aspects of the migration of additives into food and gives detailed information on the analytical determination of the additives in various plastics. It will be of interest to those engaged in the implementation of packaging legislation, including management, analytical chemists and the manufacturers of foods, beverages, pharmaceuticals and cosmetics and also scientific and toxicologists in the packaging industry.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Additive Migration from Plastics into Packaged Commodities \u003cbr\u003e2 Types of Polymers Used in Commodity Packaging \u003cbr\u003e3 Non-Polymeric Components of Plastics \u003cbr\u003e4 Determination of Antioxidants \u003cbr\u003e5 Determination of Ultraviolet Stabilisers in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e6 Determination of Plasticisers in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e7 Determination of Organotin Thermal Stabilisers in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e8 Determination of Organic Sulfur Compounds in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e9 Determination of Polydimethyl Siloxanes in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e10 Determination of Lubricants in Extraction Liquids \u003cbr\u003e11 Determination of Monomers and Oligomers in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e12 Analysis of Polymer Extraction Liquids Containing More Than One Migrant \u003cbr\u003e13 Determination of Additives and their Breakdown Products in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e14 Additive Migration Theory \u003cbr\u003e15 Gas Barrier Properties of Food Packaging Plastic Films \u003cbr\u003e16 Legislative Aspects of the Use of Additives in Packaging Plastics \u003cbr\u003e17 Direct Determination of Migrants from Polymers into Foodstuffs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoy Crompton was Head of the polymer analysis research department of a major international polymer producer for some 15 years. In the early fifties, he was heavily engaged in the development of methods of analysis for low-pressure polyolefins produced by the Ziegler-Natta route, including work on high-density polyethylene and polypropylene. He was responsible for the development of methods of analysis of the organoaluminum catalysts used for the synthesis of these polymers. He was also responsible for the development of thin-layer chromatography for the determination of various types of additives in polymers and did pioneering work on the use of TLC to separate polymer additives and to examine the separated additives by infrared and mass spectrometry. He retired in 1988 and has since been engaged as a consultant in the field of analytical chemistry and has written extensively on this subject, with some 20 books published.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:06-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:06-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2007","additive","antioxidants","book","determination","extractants","lubricants","migration","monomes","non-polymeric","oligomers","p-applications","packaging","plastic","plasticisers","plasticizers","plastics","polymer","polymers","stabilisers","sulfur compounds","ultraviolet"],"price":17000,"price_min":17000,"price_max":17000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378395844,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Additive Migration from Plastics into Foods","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":17000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-055-8","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-055-8.jpg?v=1498185547"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-055-8.jpg?v=1498185547","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":350138663005,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-055-8.jpg?v=1498185547"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-055-8.jpg?v=1498185547","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: T.R. Crompton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-055-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA Guide for Analytical Chemists\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eSmithers Rapra Technology\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eSoft-backed, 255 x 190 mm, 325 pages.\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPlastics are now being used on a large scale for the packaging of fatty and aqueous foodstuffs and beverages, both alcoholic and non-alcoholic. This is evident for all to see on the supermarket shelves, margarine is packed in polystyrene tubs, beer is packed in PVC bottles and meats and bacon in shrink-wrap film. Foods are also increasingly being shipped in bulk, in plastic containers. Additionally, there is the area of use of plastics utensils, containers, and processing equipment in the home and during a bulk preparation of food in producing factories, at home and in restaurants and canteens. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThus it is likely that some transfer of polymer additives will occur - adventitious impurities such as monomers, oligomers, catalyst remnants and residual polymerization solvents and low molecular weight polymer fractions - from the plastic into the packaged material with the consequent risk of a toxic hazard to the consumer. The actual hazard arising to the consumer from any extractable material is a function of two properties, namely, the intrinsic toxicity of the extracted material as evaluated in animal feeding trials (not dealt with in this book) and the amount of material extracted from the polymer which enters the packed commodity under service conditions, i.e., during packaging operations and during the shelf life of the packaged commodity at the time of the consumption. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book covers all aspects of the migration of additives into food and gives detailed information on the analytical determination of the additives in various plastics. It will be of interest to those engaged in the implementation of packaging legislation, including management, analytical chemists and the manufacturers of foods, beverages, pharmaceuticals and cosmetics and also scientific and toxicologists in the packaging industry.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Additive Migration from Plastics into Packaged Commodities \u003cbr\u003e2 Types of Polymers Used in Commodity Packaging \u003cbr\u003e3 Non-Polymeric Components of Plastics \u003cbr\u003e4 Determination of Antioxidants \u003cbr\u003e5 Determination of Ultraviolet Stabilisers in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e6 Determination of Plasticisers in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e7 Determination of Organotin Thermal Stabilisers in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e8 Determination of Organic Sulfur Compounds in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e9 Determination of Polydimethyl Siloxanes in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e10 Determination of Lubricants in Extraction Liquids \u003cbr\u003e11 Determination of Monomers and Oligomers in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e12 Analysis of Polymer Extraction Liquids Containing More Than One Migrant \u003cbr\u003e13 Determination of Additives and their Breakdown Products in Extractants \u003cbr\u003e14 Additive Migration Theory \u003cbr\u003e15 Gas Barrier Properties of Food Packaging Plastic Films \u003cbr\u003e16 Legislative Aspects of the Use of Additives in Packaging Plastics \u003cbr\u003e17 Direct Determination of Migrants from Polymers into Foodstuffs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoy Crompton was Head of the polymer analysis research department of a major international polymer producer for some 15 years. In the early fifties, he was heavily engaged in the development of methods of analysis for low-pressure polyolefins produced by the Ziegler-Natta route, including work on high-density polyethylene and polypropylene. He was responsible for the development of methods of analysis of the organoaluminum catalysts used for the synthesis of these polymers. He was also responsible for the development of thin-layer chromatography for the determination of various types of additives in polymers and did pioneering work on the use of TLC to separate polymer additives and to examine the separated additives by infrared and mass spectrometry. He retired in 1988 and has since been engaged as a consultant in the field of analytical chemistry and has written extensively on this subject, with some 20 books published."}
Description Author: R.P. Brown ISBN 978-1-85957-330-3 Published: 2002pages: 106, figures: 3, tables: 4 Summary Rubber components are used in many demanding applications, from tyres and seals to gloves and medical devices, and failure can be catastrophic. This review of rubber product failure outlines and illustrates the common causes of failure while addressing ways of avoiding it....
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242227716,"title":"Rubber Product Failure","handle":"978-1-85957-330-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.P. Brown \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-330-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2002\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages: 106, figures: 3, tables: 4\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRubber components are used in many demanding applications, from tyres and seals to gloves and medical devices, and failure can be catastrophic. This review of rubber product failure outlines and illustrates the common causes of failure while addressing ways of avoiding it. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere has been increasing pressure to improve performance so that rubbers can be used at higher temperatures and in harsher environments. For example, the under-the-bonnet temperature has increased in some vehicles and new medical devices require longer lifetimes in potentially degrading biological fluids. The expectations of tyre performance, in particular, are increasing, and retreads have been in the spotlight for failures. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe definition of failure depends on the application. For example, a racing car engine seal that lasts for one race may be acceptable, but in a normal car, a lifespan of 10 years is more reasonable. If appearance is critical as in surface coatings and paints, then discolouration is a failure, whilst in seals, leakage is not acceptable. Each rubber product must be fit for the use specified by the consumer. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFailure analysis is critical to product improvement. The problem is obvious to see, for example, a hole in a hot water bottle, but the cause of the problem can be much harder to find. It can range from a design fault to poor material selection, to processing problems, to manufacturing errors such as poor dimensional tolerances, to poor installation, product abuse, and unexpected service conditions. The rubber technologist must become a detective, gathering evidence, understanding the material type and using deductive reasoning. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTesting and analysis of failed materials and components add to the information available for failure analysis. For example, stored aged tyres appeared superficially to be alright for use, but on drum testing small cracks grew more quickly than in new tyres leading to rapid failure in service. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eQuality control procedures such as product inspection, testing, and material quality checks can help to reach 100% reliability. In critical applications such as electricians' gloves for high voltage working, gloves are inspected before each use, while engine seals may be routinely replaced before the expected lifetime to avoid problems. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is customary to hide failures, thus the number of specific cases published in the literature is not high. However, several reviews have been written on specific products and references can be found at the end of this review. Around 400 abstracts from papers in the Polymer Library are included with an index. Subjects covered include tyre wear and failure, seals, engine components, rubber bonding failure, rubber failure due to chloramine in water, tank treads, gloves and condoms, medical devices and EPDM roofing membranes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2. Failure Analysis \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3. The Reasons for Failure \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Design Error \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Inappropriate Material \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Manufacturing Faults \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Incorrect Installation \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Unexpected Service Conditions \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Deliberate or Accidental Misuse \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Strategic Weakness \u003cbr\u003e4. The Causes of Failure \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 General \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Temperature \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Effect of Fluids \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Weathering \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Ionising Radiation \u003cbr\u003e4.6 Biological Attack \u003cbr\u003e4.7 Fatigue \u003cbr\u003e4.8 Set, Stress Relaxation, and Creep \u003cbr\u003e4.9 Abrasion \u003cbr\u003e4.10 Electrical Stress \u003cbr\u003e5. Preventing Failure \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 General \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Service Trials \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Experience \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Accelerated Testing \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Quality Control \u003cbr\u003e6. The Literature \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 General \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Tyres \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Seals \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Other Products \u003cbr\u003e7. Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References \u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database \u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoger Brown is renowned in the rubber industry for his knowledge of rubber testing, including work on the 40 year ageing of rubber project recently completed at Rapra. He has studied many cases of product failure and has acted as an expert witness. He has published and edited numerous books and reports, and currently works with the Rapra Testing and Quality Group.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:05-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:05-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2002","abrasion","biological attack","book","creep","electrical stress","fatigue","fluids","ionising","r-testing","radiation","relaxation","rubber","stress","temperature","weathering"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378395268,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Rubber Product Failure","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-330-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-330-3.jpg?v=1499955316"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-330-3.jpg?v=1499955316","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358741344349,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-330-3.jpg?v=1499955316"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-330-3.jpg?v=1499955316","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.P. Brown \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-330-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2002\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages: 106, figures: 3, tables: 4\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRubber components are used in many demanding applications, from tyres and seals to gloves and medical devices, and failure can be catastrophic. This review of rubber product failure outlines and illustrates the common causes of failure while addressing ways of avoiding it. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere has been increasing pressure to improve performance so that rubbers can be used at higher temperatures and in harsher environments. For example, the under-the-bonnet temperature has increased in some vehicles and new medical devices require longer lifetimes in potentially degrading biological fluids. The expectations of tyre performance, in particular, are increasing, and retreads have been in the spotlight for failures. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe definition of failure depends on the application. For example, a racing car engine seal that lasts for one race may be acceptable, but in a normal car, a lifespan of 10 years is more reasonable. If appearance is critical as in surface coatings and paints, then discolouration is a failure, whilst in seals, leakage is not acceptable. Each rubber product must be fit for the use specified by the consumer. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFailure analysis is critical to product improvement. The problem is obvious to see, for example, a hole in a hot water bottle, but the cause of the problem can be much harder to find. It can range from a design fault to poor material selection, to processing problems, to manufacturing errors such as poor dimensional tolerances, to poor installation, product abuse, and unexpected service conditions. The rubber technologist must become a detective, gathering evidence, understanding the material type and using deductive reasoning. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTesting and analysis of failed materials and components add to the information available for failure analysis. For example, stored aged tyres appeared superficially to be alright for use, but on drum testing small cracks grew more quickly than in new tyres leading to rapid failure in service. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eQuality control procedures such as product inspection, testing, and material quality checks can help to reach 100% reliability. In critical applications such as electricians' gloves for high voltage working, gloves are inspected before each use, while engine seals may be routinely replaced before the expected lifetime to avoid problems. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is customary to hide failures, thus the number of specific cases published in the literature is not high. However, several reviews have been written on specific products and references can be found at the end of this review. Around 400 abstracts from papers in the Polymer Library are included with an index. Subjects covered include tyre wear and failure, seals, engine components, rubber bonding failure, rubber failure due to chloramine in water, tank treads, gloves and condoms, medical devices and EPDM roofing membranes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2. Failure Analysis \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3. The Reasons for Failure \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Design Error \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Inappropriate Material \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Manufacturing Faults \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Incorrect Installation \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Unexpected Service Conditions \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Deliberate or Accidental Misuse \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Strategic Weakness \u003cbr\u003e4. The Causes of Failure \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 General \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Temperature \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Effect of Fluids \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Weathering \u003cbr\u003e4.5 Ionising Radiation \u003cbr\u003e4.6 Biological Attack \u003cbr\u003e4.7 Fatigue \u003cbr\u003e4.8 Set, Stress Relaxation, and Creep \u003cbr\u003e4.9 Abrasion \u003cbr\u003e4.10 Electrical Stress \u003cbr\u003e5. Preventing Failure \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 General \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Service Trials \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Experience \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Accelerated Testing \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Quality Control \u003cbr\u003e6. The Literature \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 General \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Tyres \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Seals \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Other Products \u003cbr\u003e7. Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References \u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database \u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoger Brown is renowned in the rubber industry for his knowledge of rubber testing, including work on the 40 year ageing of rubber project recently completed at Rapra. He has studied many cases of product failure and has acted as an expert witness. He has published and edited numerous books and reports, and currently works with the Rapra Testing and Quality Group."}
Description Author: R.P. Brown ISBN 978-1-85957-260-3 Published: 2001Pages: 150 , Figures: 23 , Tables: 5 Summary After price and delivery time, the most frequently asked question about a product is 'How long will it last?' This is usually a very difficult question to answer for rubber products because the expected lifetime is often in tens of...
$144.00
in stock
{"id":11242227652,"title":"Practical Guide to the Assessment of the Useful Life of Rubbers","handle":"978-1-85957-260-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.P. Brown \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-260-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2001\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 150 , Figures: 23 , Tables: 5\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAfter price and delivery time, the most frequently asked question about a product is 'How long will it last?' This is usually a very difficult question to answer for rubber products because the expected lifetime is often in tens of years, the service conditions may be complex, and there is a scarcity of definitive data on durability. There is a vast matrix of degradation agents, service conditions, properties of importance and different rubbers. \u003cbr\u003eThere are also many inherent difficulties in designing tests. In many cases, the timescale involved is such that accelerated test conditions are essential. Whilst large amounts of durability data are generated by accelerated methods, much of it is only useful for quality control purposes and relatively little has been validated as being realistically capable of representing service. \u003cbr\u003eMost assessments of a lifetime of rubbers are made by considering some measure of performance, such as tensile strength, and specifying some lower limit for the property, which is taken as the end point. Lifetime is not necessarily measured in time. For example, for some products, it will be thought of as number of cycles of use. \u003cbr\u003eThe object of this publication is to provide practical guidance on assessing the useful service life of rubbers. It describes test procedures and extrapolation techniques together with the inherent limitations and problems. The Guide aims to make available the wealth of information that can be applied to help maximize the effectiveness of a durability testing program. \u003cbr\u003eThis Guide seeks to be comprehensive but concentrates on the most common environmental effects causing degradation and the most important mechanical properties of rubbers. The test procedures used are outlined and the relevant textbooks and International standards are referenced. \u003cbr\u003eRapra Technology Limited has just completed a 40 year natural ageing program and an accelerated testing program, both on the same set of rubber compounds. The results have been drawn on in this Guide to indicate the limiting factors for particular test methods. \u003cbr\u003eThis publication is an output from the Weathering of Elastomers and Sealants project which forms part of the UK government's Department of Trade and Industry's Degradation of Materials in Aggressive Environments Program. \u003cbr\u003eThis book will be useful for anyone responsible for designing, manufacturing or testing rubber components. It will also be of benefit to suppliers and users of end products, as an assessment of useful lifetime is critical to the economics and safety aspects of any component.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoger Brown is an internationally acknowledged expert on physical testing and quality assurance of polymers. He has published more than 70 technical papers and three standard textbooks on testing. In\u003cbr\u003eaddition, he is editor of the journal Polymer Testing. He has over 25 years experience of running the testing laboratories and services at Rapra. Roger is active on many Standards committees and is leader of the\u003cbr\u003eBritish delegation to ISO Technical Committee 45.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:05-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:05-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2001","book","degradation","mechanical properties","physical testing","quality control","r-testing","rubber","rubbers","tensile strength","testing","weathering"],"price":14400,"price_min":14400,"price_max":14400,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378395204,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Practical Guide to the Assessment of the Useful Life of Rubbers","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14400,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-260-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[],"quantity_rule":{"min":1,"max":null,"increment":1}}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-260-3.jpg?v=1499953671"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-260-3.jpg?v=1499953671","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358724304989,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-260-3.jpg?v=1499953671"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-260-3.jpg?v=1499953671","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.P. Brown \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-260-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2001\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 150 , Figures: 23 , Tables: 5\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAfter price and delivery time, the most frequently asked question about a product is 'How long will it last?' This is usually a very difficult question to answer for rubber products because the expected lifetime is often in tens of years, the service conditions may be complex, and there is a scarcity of definitive data on durability. There is a vast matrix of degradation agents, service conditions, properties of importance and different rubbers. \u003cbr\u003eThere are also many inherent difficulties in designing tests. In many cases, the timescale involved is such that accelerated test conditions are essential. Whilst large amounts of durability data are generated by accelerated methods, much of it is only useful for quality control purposes and relatively little has been validated as being realistically capable of representing service. \u003cbr\u003eMost assessments of a lifetime of rubbers are made by considering some measure of performance, such as tensile strength, and specifying some lower limit for the property, which is taken as the end point. Lifetime is not necessarily measured in time. For example, for some products, it will be thought of as number of cycles of use. \u003cbr\u003eThe object of this publication is to provide practical guidance on assessing the useful service life of rubbers. It describes test procedures and extrapolation techniques together with the inherent limitations and problems. The Guide aims to make available the wealth of information that can be applied to help maximize the effectiveness of a durability testing program. \u003cbr\u003eThis Guide seeks to be comprehensive but concentrates on the most common environmental effects causing degradation and the most important mechanical properties of rubbers. The test procedures used are outlined and the relevant textbooks and International standards are referenced. \u003cbr\u003eRapra Technology Limited has just completed a 40 year natural ageing program and an accelerated testing program, both on the same set of rubber compounds. The results have been drawn on in this Guide to indicate the limiting factors for particular test methods. \u003cbr\u003eThis publication is an output from the Weathering of Elastomers and Sealants project which forms part of the UK government's Department of Trade and Industry's Degradation of Materials in Aggressive Environments Program. \u003cbr\u003eThis book will be useful for anyone responsible for designing, manufacturing or testing rubber components. It will also be of benefit to suppliers and users of end products, as an assessment of useful lifetime is critical to the economics and safety aspects of any component.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoger Brown is an internationally acknowledged expert on physical testing and quality assurance of polymers. He has published more than 70 technical papers and three standard textbooks on testing. In\u003cbr\u003eaddition, he is editor of the journal Polymer Testing. He has over 25 years experience of running the testing laboratories and services at Rapra. Roger is active on many Standards committees and is leader of the\u003cbr\u003eBritish delegation to ISO Technical Committee 45.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}